See in Reader
309 KiB
309 KiB
| 1 | Reference | ID | Tags | SupportReference | Quote | Occurrence | Note |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | front:intro | syt5 | 0 | # Introduction to Joshua\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Joshua\n\n1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)\n * Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)\n * Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)\n * The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)\n * Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)\n1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)\n1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)\n\n### What is the Book of Joshua about?\n\nThe Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThis book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?\n\nThe book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?\n\nIn the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?\n\nThis phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.\n\n### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?\n\nThis phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.\n\n### When should Joshua be translated?\n\nThe Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books. | |||
| 3 | 1:intro | r7gc | 0 | # Joshua 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Be strong and Courageous\n\nJoshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.\n\n### Crossing the Jordan River\n\nIn this chapter the words **crossing over** refer to going to the opposite bank of the Jordan River.\n\n### The settling of the the Promised Land by the people of Israel\n\nJoshua [1:12-15](../01/12.md) records that the tribes of Reuben, Gad, and half of the tribe of Manasseh settled on the east side of the Jordan River but that God required the fighting men from these three tribes to accompany the rest of the Israelites to the west side of the Jordan River and help them fight against the people who lived in the land. | |||
| 4 | 1:1 | s8u5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | מ֥וֹת מֹשֶׁ֖ה עֶ֣בֶד יְהוָ֑ה | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s servant died” | |
| 5 | 1:1 | eka2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | נ֔וּן | 1 | The word **Nun** is the name of Joshua’s father. | |
| 6 | 1:2 | le23 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַזֶּ֗ה | 1 | Here, the phrase **cross over this Jordan** means “go to the opposite bank of the Jordan River.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan River” | |
| 7 | 1:2 | xugz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לָהֶ֖ם לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | The phrase **the sons of Israel** is used with the phrase **to them** to add emphasis. It is not making a distinction between **the sons of Israel** and the word **them**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two phrase into one phrase as modeled by the UST. | |
| 8 | 1:2 | o0hj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the descendants of Israel” | |
| 9 | 1:2 | ragw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | Joshua is one of the **sons of Israel**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Joshua is included in this promise. Alternate translation: “to you and the rest of the sons of Israel” or “to you and all the descendants of Israel” | |
| 10 | 1:3 | t94e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | כָּל־מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־רַגְלְכֶ֛ם בּ֖וֹ | 1 | Yahweh is using **the sole of your foot** to represent the people of Israel themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Every place that you will tread upon” | |
| 11 | 1:3 | xjc9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | רַגְלְכֶ֛ם…לָכֶ֣ם | 1 | Here, the words **your** and **you** are plural and refer to Joshua and all the other Israelite people. | |
| 12 | 1:3 | v1l7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture | לָכֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑יו | 1 | Yahweh is using the past tense in order to refer to something that he will do in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will give it to you” or “I will certainly give it to you” | |
| 13 | 1:4 | xqnb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish | וְֽעַד־הַנָּהָ֧ר הַגָּד֣וֹל נְהַר־פְּרָ֗ת | 1 | The phrase **the great river** gives us further information about **the Euphrates River**. It is not making a distinction between a river that is great and one that is not great. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “the great Euphrates River” | |
| 14 | 1:4 | nffx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַיָּ֥ם הַגָּד֖וֹל | 1 | Here, the phrase **the great sea** refers to the Mediterranean Sea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. | |
| 15 | 1:4 | nbe3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | גְּבוּלְכֶֽם | 1 | Here, the word **your** is plural and refers to the tribes of Israel and includes Joshua. | |
| 16 | 1:5 | l58e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לֹֽא…אִישׁ֙ | 1 | Here, the phrase **No man** means “No people group” or “No nation.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No nation” | |
| 17 | 1:5 | rk2g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב | 1 | The phrase **stand against** is a Hebrew expression that means “resist” or “withstand”. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will be able to resist” | |
| 18 | 1:5 | w48w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | לְפָנֶ֔יךָ…חַיֶּ֑יךָ…עִמָּ֔ךְ…אַרְפְּךָ֖…אֶעֶזְבֶֽךָּ | 1 | In this verse every occurrence of the words **you** and **your** are singular and refer to Joshua. | |
| 19 | 1:5 | iq2e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | לֹ֥א אַרְפְּךָ֖ וְלֹ֥א אֶעֶזְבֶֽךָּ | 1 | The words “abandon” and “leave” mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that he will not do these things. Alternate translation: “I will certainly stay with you always” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 20 | 1:6 | a5yc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | חֲזַ֖ק וֶאֱמָ֑ץ | 1 | The phrases **Be strong** and **be courageous** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Be very courageous” | |
| 21 | 1:6 | gn34 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לַאֲבוֹתָ֖ם | 1 | Here, **fathers** means “ancestors” and refers specifically to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to their forefathers” or “to their forefathers Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob” | |
| 22 | 1:7 | xle4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | חֲזַ֨ק וֶֽאֱמַ֜ץ מְאֹ֗ד | 1 | These are the exact same phrases that occurred in the previous verse except here the word **very** is added for increased emphasis. See how you translated the words “Be strong and be courageous” in the previous verse. | |
| 23 | 1:7 | vwe1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal | חֲזַ֨ק וֶֽאֱמַ֜ץ מְאֹ֗ד לִשְׁמֹ֤ר לַעֲשׂוֹת֙ | 1 | Here, the first use of the word **to** shows that **do according to all the law that Moses…commanded** is the goal or purpsoe of the command to **be strong and courageous**. Yahweh wanted Joshua to **be strong and be very courageous** so that he would obey the law of Moses. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “be strong and be very courageous, in order that you are careful to do” or “be strong and be very courageous, so that you can be careful to do” | |
| 24 | 1:7-9 | k618 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | צִוְּךָ֙…תַּשְׂכִּ֔יל…תֵּלֵֽךְ…מִפִּ֗יךָ וְהָגִ֤יתָ…תִּשְׁמֹ֣ר…תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֖ךָ…תַּשְׂכִּֽיל…צִוִּיתִ֨יךָ֙…עִמְּךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ בְּכֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר תֵּלֵֽךְ | 1 | Every use of the words **your** and **you** in these three verses are singular and refer to Joshua. | |
| 25 | 1:7 | fi6s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אַל־תָּס֥וּר מִמֶּ֖נּוּ | 1 | Here, to **turn aside from** is an idiom that means “stop obeying.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not stop obeying it” | |
| 26 | 1:7 | db9m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | יָמִ֣ין וּשְׂמֹ֑אול | 1 | The phrase **to the right or to the left** is an idiom that means that Joshua must not stop obeying any part of the law of Moses. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “follow it exactly” or “obey all of the law” | |
| 27 | 1:7 | pust | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal | אַל־תָּס֥וּר מִמֶּ֖נּוּ יָמִ֣ין וּשְׂמֹ֑אול לְמַ֣עַן תַּשְׂכִּ֔יל בְּכֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר תֵּלֵֽךְ | 1 | Here, **so that** marks **you may succeed in every place where you go** as the goal or purpose of **Do not turn aside from it to the right or to the left**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. | |
| 28 | 1:8 | g4qg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לֹֽא־יָמ֡וּשׁ סֵפֶר֩ הַתּוֹרָ֨ה הַזֶּ֜ה מִפִּ֗יךָ | 1 | The phrase **shall not depart from your mouth** means that Joshua must read the **book of the law**, both alone and to the people of Israel. Jewish people read out loud, even when reading alone, so the command that the **book of the law…not depart from your mouth** is a command to read the **book of the law**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this command refers to reading the **book of the law**. Alternate translation: “You shall not stop reading this book of the law” | |
| 29 | 1:8 | vu2t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | יוֹמָ֣ם וָלַ֔יְלָה | 1 | Here, **day and night** is referring to all the time by naming major time components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “round-the-clock” or “all the time” | |
| 30 | 1:8 | m25g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal | וְהָגִ֤יתָ בּוֹ֙ יוֹמָ֣ם וָלַ֔יְלָה לְמַ֨עַן֙ תִּשְׁמֹ֣ר לַעֲשׂ֔וֹת כְּכָל־הַכָּת֖וּב בּ֑וֹ | 1 | Here, **so that** marks **be careful to do according to all that is written in it** as the goal or purpose of meditating on the **book of the law…day and night**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. | |
| 31 | 1:8 | ennq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/ grammar-connect-words-phrases | תִּשְׁמֹ֣ר לַעֲשׂ֔וֹת כְּכָל־הַכָּת֖וּב בּ֑וֹ כִּי־אָ֛ז תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֖ךָ וְאָ֥ז תַּשְׂכִּֽיל | 1 | Here, the phrase **For then** introduces the result if Joshua and the Israelites are **careful to do according to all this is written in** the law of Moses. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is introducing the result of carefully obeying the law of Moses. | |
| 32 | 1:8 | lcs7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֖ךָ וְאָ֥ז תַּשְׂכִּֽיל | 1 | The terms **prosperous** and **succeed** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “you will make your ways prosperous” or “you will succeed” | |
| 33 | 1:9 | vt4l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | הֲל֤וֹא צִוִּיתִ֨יךָ֙ | 1 | The author is not asking for information, but is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the Alternate translation: “I have commanded you!” or “Surely I have commanded you!” | |
| 34 | 1:9 | fnz8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | חֲזַ֣ק וֶאֱמָ֔ץ | 1 | See how you translated **Be strong and be courageous** in [1:6](../01/06.md). | |
| 35 | 1:9 | u820 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | אַֽל־תַּעֲרֹ֖ץ וְאַל־תֵּחָ֑ת | 1 | The phrases **Do not be terrified** and **do not be dismayed** mean similar things. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that Joshua must not be afraid. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you are not terrified” or “There is absolutely no reason for you to be terrified” | |
| 36 | 1:9 | f8qm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | יְהוָ֣ה | 1 | Here Yahweh speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person as modeled by the UST. | |
| 37 | 1:11 | ck8h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בְּע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים | 1 | Here Joshua was counting the current day as day one. This was the way that Jewish people counted days. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in two days from now” or “on the day after tomorrow” | |
| 38 | 1:11 | wg1e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַזֶּ֔ה | 1 | Here, **cross over** refers to going to the opposite side of the river. Alternate translation: “will be about to travel to the other side of this Jordan” | |
| 39 | 1:11 | f3rg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | 1 | Embedded quotes can be expressed as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “Go through the camp and command the people to prepare provisions for themselves. In three days they will cross over this Jordan and go in and possess the land that Yahweh their God is giving them to possess.” | ||
| 40 | 1:13 | dgxd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | זָכוֹר֙ אֶת־הַדָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר | 1 | Joshua did not think that the people from these three tribes had forgotten what Moses had instructed them. Rather, he is using the word **Remember** to cause them to pay attention to what he is going to say next. If you would not use the word **Remember** for this purpose you could use an equivalent expression or indicate the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know the word that” or “You remember the word that” or “Keep in mind the word that” | |
| 41 | 1:13 | ylv8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | אֶת־הַדָּבָ֔ר | 1 | Here, **word** represents what Moses had said to Joshua using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the instructions” or “the words” | |
| 42 | 1:13 | jquc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | אֶתְכֶ֛ם…אֱלֹהֵיכֶם֙…לָכֶ֔ם…לָכֶ֖ם | 1 | Every occurrence of the words **your** and **you** in this verse are plural and refer to Joshua and the Israelites. | |
| 43 | 1:13 | l5qn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | מֵנִ֣יחַ לָכֶ֔ם | 1 | The phrase **give rest** is an idiom that refers to living peacefully and settling down in the land after Israel defeated its enemies. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cause you to live peacefully” | |
| 44 | 1:14 | vefn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וּמִקְנֵיכֶם֒ | 1 | Here, the word translated as **livestock** refers to cows, sheep, and goats. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and your cows and sheep and goats” | |
| 45 | 1:14 | d575 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אֲחֵיכֶ֗ם | 1 | Here, the word **brothers** means “fellow Israelites” and refers to the Israelites from the other tribes of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your fellow Israelites” | |
| 46 | 1:14 | rk3h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | גִּבּוֹרֵ֣י הַחַ֔יִל | 1 | The phrase **the mighty men of valor** refers to the men who were fighting age, over 20 years old. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the men of fighting age” | |
| 47 | 1:14 | u212 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | גִּבּוֹרֵ֣י הַחַ֔יִל | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **valor**, you could express the same idea with an adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the mighty men who are valiant” | |
| 48 | 1:15 | b5yt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | אֲשֶׁר־יָנִ֨יחַ & לַֽאֲחֵיכֶם֮ | 1 | The phrase **gives rest** refers to living peacefully and settling down in the land after Israel defeated its enemies. It has the same meaning as the phrase **give rest** in [1:13](../01/13.md). See how you translated that phrase there. | |
| 49 | 1:15 | f85b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לַֽאֲחֵיכֶם֮ | 1 | See how you translated the word **brothers** in the previous verse where it is used with the same meaning. | |
| 50 | 1:18 | zhz1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | כָּל־אִ֞ישׁ | 1 | Although the term **man** is masculine, the Reubenites, the Gadites, and the half-tribe of Manasseh are using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Every person” | |
| 51 | 1:18 | rel4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | כָּל־אִ֞ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗יךָ וְלֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛יךָ לְכֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־תְּצַוֶּ֖נּוּ יוּמָ֑ת | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. The phrase **rebels against your mouth** and the phrase **will not hear your words** mean basically the same thing. The Reubenites, the Gadites, and the half-tribe of Manasseh are the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that they will **put to death** anyone who rebels against what Joshua commands. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one and show the emphasis in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We will surely put to death every man who rebels against what you instruct us to do” | |
| 52 | 1:18 | mxi0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗יךָ וְלֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛יךָ | 1 | The speakers are using the words **mouth** and **words** and associating them with the instructions or commands that Joshua would speak with his **mouth** using **words**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use equivalent expressions or use plain language. Alternate translation: “rebels against your commands and will not hear your instructions” | |
| 53 | 1:18 | lbc3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | יוּמָ֑ת | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies indicates that the Reubenites, the Gadites, and the half-tribe of Manasseh will do it. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” | |
| 54 | 1:18 | m66s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | יוּמָ֑ת | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with an active verb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will kill” | |
| 55 | 1:18 | zez7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | חֲזַ֥ק וֶאֱמָֽץ | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **be strong and be courageous** in [1:6](../01/06.md). | |
| 56 | 2:intro | vg4m | 0 | # Joshua 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Rahab’s faith\n\nRahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### Crossing the Jordan River\n\nIn this chapter the words **crossing over** refer to going to the opposite bank of the Jordan River.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nThe Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “ … melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) | |||
| 57 | 2:1 | ig8n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | נ֠וּן | 1 | See how you translated this name in [1:1](../01/01.md). | |
| 58 | 2:1 | w886 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַשִּׁטִּ֞ים | 1 | This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “acacia trees.” | |
| 59 | 2:1 | z78b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | רָחָ֖ב | 1 | **Rahab** is the name of a woman. | |
| 60 | 2:2 | y177 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיֵּ֣אָמַ֔ר לְמֶ֥לֶךְ יְרִיח֖וֹ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context does not indicate who did it but it can be implied that it was a person. Alternate translation: “And someone said to the king of Jericho” | |
| 61 | 2:2 | axiw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנֵּ֣ה | 1 | The person speaking to **the king** is using the term **Behold** to focus attention on what they are about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. | |
| 62 | 2:2 | rlef | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | מִבְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | Although the term **sons** is masculine, the person speaking to the king is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. The word **sons** here, refers to both men and women who are descendants of Israel. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Israel” | |
| 63 | 2:3 | apx4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | רָחָ֖ב | 1 | See how you translated the name **Rahab** in the previous verse. | |
| 64 | 2:3 | xz7u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | הַבָּאִ֤ים אֵלַ֨יִךְ֙ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֣אוּ לְבֵיתֵ֔ךְ | 1 | Your language may say “going” and “went” rather than **coming** and **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the ones going to you who went to your house” | |
| 65 | 2:5 | ty4v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיְהִ֨י הַשַּׁ֜עַר לִסְגּ֗וֹר | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action you can indicate that “men” did it. Alternate translation: “And men shut the gate” | |
| 66 | 2:5 | o0r3 | תַשִּׂיגֽוּם | 1 | The word the ULT translates as **you may overtake them** could refer to an event that is: (1) a possibility. Alternate translation: “perhaps you can overtake them” (2) in the future. Alternate translation: “you will overtake them” | ||
| 67 | 2:6 | l5zb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | וְהִ֖יא הֶעֱלָ֣תַם הַגָּ֑גָה וַֽתִּטְמְנֵם֙ בְּפִשְׁתֵּ֣י הָעֵ֔ץ הָעֲרֻכ֥וֹת לָ֖הּ עַל־הַגָּֽג | 1 | The author is providing this background information to explain how Rahab had hidden the men in [2:4](../02/04.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. | |
| 68 | 2:6 | st56 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַגָּ֑גָה | 1 | The **roof** was flat and strong, so people could walk around on it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the roof was flat as modeled by the UST. | |
| 69 | 2:6 | b99c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | בְּפִשְׁתֵּ֣י הָעֵ֔ץ | 1 | The word **flax** refers to a plant that is grown for its fibers, which is used in making cloth. It has tall, slender stalks that can tied into bundles. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in the long stalks of a plant” | |
| 70 | 2:7 | p4sx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | הַֽמַּעְבְּר֑וֹת | 1 | A **ford** is a place where a river or other body of water is shallow enough for people to get to the other side by walking through it. If you do not have a term to describe this type of place, you could use a more general term as modeled by the UST. | |
| 71 | 2:8 | ds5e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | עָלְתָ֥ה | 1 | Your language may say “came up” rather than **went up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “came up” | |
| 72 | 2:9 | t8zy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | יָדַ֕עְתִּי כִּֽי־נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָכֶ֖ם אֶת־הָאָ֑רֶץ | 1 | Here, the word **you** is plural and refers to all the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “I know that Yahweh has given the land to you Israelites” | |
| 73 | 2:9 | oa1x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | וְכִֽי־נָפְלָ֤ה אֵֽימַתְכֶם֙ עָלֵ֔ינוּ וְכִ֥י נָמֹ֛גוּ כָּל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָאָ֖רֶץ מִפְּנֵיכֶֽם | 1 | The phrase **dread of you has fallen** and the phrase **melted from before your face** mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “and we and all the other people who dwell in the land have become very afraid of you” | |
| 74 | 2:9 | xr6a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | נָפְלָ֤ה אֵֽימַתְכֶם֙ עָלֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | The phrase **the dread of you has fallen on us** is an idiom meaning that they “had become afraid.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we have become afraid of you” | |
| 75 | 2:9 | u74z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | נָמֹ֛גוּ & מִפְּנֵיכֶֽם | 1 | The phrase **melted from before your face** is an idiom meaning that the people who lived in the land of Canaan had become afraid of the Israelites. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “have become afraid before you” or “have become afraid in your presence” | |
| 76 | 2:10 | y7a1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | בְּצֵאתְכֶ֖ם | 1 | Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when you came out” | |
| 77 | 2:10 | c6i6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לְסִיחֹ֣ן וּלְע֔וֹג | 1 | **Sihon** and **Og** are the names of men who were Amorite kings. | |
| 78 | 2:11 | qx6v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבֵ֔נוּ וְלֹא־קָ֨מָה ע֥וֹד ר֛וּחַ בְּאִ֖ישׁ מִפְּנֵיכֶ֑ם | 1 | The phrases **our hearts have melted** and **the spirit in a man no longer stands from your face** are both idioms that mean that the people who lived in Canaan were very afraid of the Israelites. If your readers would not understand this, you could use equivalent idioms or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and we are afraid and the people in the land are afraid of your presence” | |
| 79 | 2:11 | sdem | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | וַיִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבֵ֔נוּ וְלֹא־קָ֨מָה ע֥וֹד ר֛וּחַ בְּאִ֖ישׁ מִפְּנֵיכֶ֑ם | 1 | The phrases **our hearts have melted** and **the spirit in a man no longer stands from your face** mean basically the same thing. Rahab says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “and we have become very afraid of you” or “and we have become very afraid of your presence” | |
| 80 | 2:11 | agqj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | בְּאִ֖ישׁ | 1 | Although the term **man** is masculine, Rahab is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “in a person” | |
| 81 | 2:12 | nmi4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | עָשִׂ֥יתִי עִמָּכֶ֖ם חָ֑סֶד וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֨ם גַּם־אַתֶּ֜ם עִם־בֵּ֤ית אָבִי֙ חֶ֔סֶד וּנְתַתֶּ֥ם לִ֖י א֥וֹת אֱמֶֽת | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **kindness** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas with adverbs or non-abstract nouns or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have acted kindly with you, swear to me that you also will act kindly toward the house of my father and give me a sure token that you will do this” | |
| 82 | 2:12 | iw4j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בֵּ֤ית אָבִי֙ | 1 | Rahab is speaking of her family as if they were her father’s **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a similar expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the household of my father” or “my family” | |
| 83 | 2:13 | m6i6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | הִצַּלְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־נַפְשֹׁתֵ֖ינוּ מִמָּֽוֶת | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **death** and **lives**, you could express the same ideas with a verb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you will save us from being killed” | |
| 84 | 2:14 | ji8q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | תַחְתֵּיכֶם֙ | 1 | Here, the word **your** is plural and refers to Rahab and her family. | |
| 85 | 2:14 | yb7i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula | נַפְשֵׁ֤נוּ תַחְתֵּיכֶם֙ לָמ֔וּת | 1 | This is an oath formula in which the two spies are promising to give their lives (allow themselves to be killed) if they do not keep their promise and spare Rahab and her families lives when the Israelites conquer Jericho and kill its inhabitants. Alternate translation: “If we do not do what we promise, may Yahweh take our lives” or “If you and your family are killed when we conquer Jericho may Yahweh kill us as well” | |
| 86 | 2:14 | ja4n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | וְעָשִׂ֥ינוּ עִמָּ֖ךְ חֶ֥סֶד וֶאֱמֶֽת | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **kindness** and **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas with adjectives or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that we will act kindly and faithfully with you” | |
| 87 | 2:14 | af54 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | וְעָשִׂ֥ינוּ עִמָּ֖ךְ חֶ֥סֶד וֶאֱמֶֽת | 1 | The terms **kindness** and **faithfulness** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “we will surely deal kindly with you” or “we will surely act faithfully toward you” | |
| 88 | 2:17 | dmh8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | נְקִיִּ֣ם אֲנַ֔חְנוּ מִשְּׁבֻעָתֵ֥ךְ הַזֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִשְׁבַּעְתָּֽנוּ | 1 | This expresses a condition for the promise the spies had made to Rahab. The word, “this,” refers to “tie this scarlet rope in the window” in [Joshua 2:18](../02/18.md). | |
| 89 | 2:18 | z8uo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנֵּ֛ה | 1 | See how you translated the word **Behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 90 | 2:18 | giu3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | אֲנַ֥חְנוּ בָאִ֖ים | 1 | Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “we are about to go” | |
| 91 | 2:18 | e4iw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | הַשָּׁנִ֨י | 1 | The word **scarlet** refers to a bright red color. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bright red material” or “the crimson material” | |
| 92 | 2:18 | yscl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֔יךְ | 1 | The two men are speaking of Rahab’s family as if they were her father’s **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a similar expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the household of your father” or “of your family” | |
| 93 | 2:18 | x2n8 | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe Israelite spies clarify the condition they expressed in [Joshua 2:15](../02/15.md). | ||
| 94 | 2:19 | vdc9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־יֵצֵא֩ מִדַּלְתֵ֨י בֵיתֵ֧ךְ ׀ הַח֛וּצָה דָּמ֥וֹ בְרֹאשׁ֖וֹ וַאֲנַ֣חְנוּ נְקִיִּ֑ם וְ֠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִֽהְיֶ֤ה אִתָּךְ֙ בַּבַּ֔יִת דָּמ֣וֹ בְרֹאשֵׁ֔נוּ אִם־יָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶה־בּֽוֹ | 1 | This part of the verse expresses two possible situations and then gives the outcome of what will happen if the condition is met in each. (1) If Rahab or any person in her family goes outside the doors of her house then their blood will be on their own head (they will be responsible for their own death) (2) If any one who stays inside Rahab’s house is harmed then their blood will be on the spies heads (the two men will be responsible). Express these conditions in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if anyone goes outside your house then it is that person’s own fault and we will be innocent. But if our army harms anyone who remains in your house then we will be responsible for that person’s death” | |
| 95 | 2:19 | k27w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | דָּמ֥וֹ בְרֹאשׁ֖וֹ…דָּמ֣וֹ בְרֹאשֵׁ֔נוּ | 1 | Here, the two men are describing “death” by association with **blood**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “his death will be on his head…his death will be on our heads” | |
| 96 | 2:19 | yrzq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | דָּמ֥וֹ בְרֹאשׁ֖וֹ…דָּמ֣וֹ בְרֹאשֵׁ֔נוּ | 1 | The two men are using one part of a person, the **head**, to represent all of a person who is guilty or responsible, specifically a person who is responsible for a death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his blood will be his own responsibility...his blood will be our responsibility” or “his blood will be his own fault...his blood will be our fault” | |
| 97 | 2:19 | m728 | וַאֲנַ֣חְנוּ נְקִיִּ֑ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “and we will be without fault” | ||
| 98 | 2:19 | qg47 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | יָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶה־בּֽוֹ | 1 | The phrase **a hand is laid upon** is an idiom meaning someone is injured or harmed. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “that person is injured” or “if that person is harmed” | |
| 99 | 2:20 | e659 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | תַּגִּ֖ידִי | 1 | Here, **you** is singular and refers to Rahab. | |
| 100 | 2:21 | uxw6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | כְּדִבְרֵיכֶ֣ם כֶּן־ה֔וּא | 1 | This expression indicates that Rahab agreed to the men’s terms of the oath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I agree with these conditions” | |
| 101 | 2:21 | kdr6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | הַשָּׁנִ֖י | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **scarlet material** in [2:18](../02/18.md). | |
| 102 | 2:22 | gjr5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַיָּבֹ֣אוּ | 1 | Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “and went” | |
| 103 | 2:23 | cv1w | אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַמֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽם | 1 | Alternate translation: “all that they had experienced and seen” | ||
| 104 | 2:23 | hegq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | נ֑וּן | 1 | See how you translated the name **Nun** in [1:1](../01/01.md). | |
| 105 | 2:24 | avki | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture | נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה בְּיָדֵ֖נוּ אֶת־כָּל־הָאָ֑רֶץ | 1 | The two spies are using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will give all the land into our hand” | |
| 106 | 2:24 | tsz0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה בְּיָדֵ֖נוּ אֶת־כָּל־הָאָ֑רֶץ | 1 | The phrase **has given into our hand** is an idiom meaning “has delivered to our control.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has delivered all the land to our control” or “has allowed us to conquer all the land” | |
| 107 | 2:24 | eh7s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | נָמֹ֛גוּ כָּל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָאָ֖רֶץ | 1 | See how you translated the similar phrase “have melted from before your face” in [2:9](../02/09.md). | |
| 108 | 3:intro | qs85 | 0 | # Joshua 3 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### God dries the Jordan River\n\nJoshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### Crossing the Jordan River\n\nIn this chapter the words **crossing over** refer to going to the opposite bank of the Jordan River. | |||
| 109 | 3:1 | pddt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵֽהַשִּׁטִּ֗ים | 1 | See how you translated the word **Shittim** in [2:1](../02/01.md). | |
| 110 | 3:1 | g18m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the sons of Israel** in [1:2](../01/02.md). | |
| 111 | 3:4 | tn3h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | כְּאַלְפַּ֥יִם אַמָּ֖ה | 1 | The word **cubit** is a measurement equaling the distance from the elbow to the end of the the middle finger tip. If it would help your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “of about 900 meters” or “of about 1,000 yards” | |
| 112 | 3:4 | whh9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | אַֽל־תִּקְרְב֣וּ אֵלָ֗יו לְמַ֤עַן אֲשֶׁר־תֵּֽדְעוּ֙ אֶת־הַדֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תֵּֽלְכוּ־בָ֔הּ כִּ֣י לֹ֧א עֲבַרְתֶּ֛ם בַּדֶּ֖רֶךְ מִתְּמ֥וֹל שִׁלְשֽׁוֹם | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that the reason for the command is placed before the result. Alternate translation: “Since you have not passed over by the way from yesterday or before, do not come near to it, so that you will know the way in which you should go.” | |
| 113 | 3:4 | i5vh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal | לְמַ֤עַן אֲשֶׁר | 1 | The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The officers are stating the purpose for which they were to stay **2,000 cubits** behind the Box of the Covenant. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. | |
| 114 | 3:7 | q8ud | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אָחֵל֙ גַּדֶּלְךָ֔ בְּעֵינֵ֖י כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | Here, **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents people’s evaluation and esteem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will begin to cause the Israelite people to realize that I have made you a great leader” | |
| 115 | 3:9 | pd66 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the sons of Israel** in [1:2](../01/02.md). | |
| 116 | 3:11 | l0un | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנֵּה֙ | 1 | See how you translated the word **behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 117 | 3:13 | bej3 | כַּפּ֣וֹת רַגְלֵ֣י הַכֹּהֲנִ֡ים | 1 | Alternate translation: “the bottom of the feet of the priests” | ||
| 118 | 3:13 | wfhv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | כְּנ֣וֹחַ כַּפּ֣וֹת רַגְלֵ֣י הַכֹּהֲנִ֡ים נֹשְׂאֵי֩ אֲר֨וֹן יְהוָ֜ה\nאֲד֤וֹן כָּל־הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ | 1 | Here, the word **rest** means “stand” or “step into.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as soon as the soles of the feet of the priests who lift the Box of Yahweh, the Lord of all the earth, stand” or “as soon as the soles of the feet of the priests who lift the Box of Yahweh, the Lord of all the earth, step into” | |
| 119 | 3:13 | fuma | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | מֵ֤י הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ יִכָּ֣רֵת֔וּן | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that “Yahweh” will do it. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cut off the waters of the Jordan” | |
| 120 | 3:13 | qp0v | יִכָּ֣רֵת֔וּן | 1 | Alternate translation: “will be stopped” | ||
| 121 | 3:13 | s6ud | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | הַמַּ֥יִם הַיֹּרְדִ֖ים מִלְמָ֑עְלָה | 1 | Your language may say “coming” rather than **going** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the waters coming down from above” | |
| 122 | 3:15 | gv1e | וּכְב֞וֹא נֹשְׂאֵ֤י הָֽאָרוֹן֙ עַד־הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן וְרַגְלֵ֤י הַכֹּֽהֲנִים֙ נֹשְׂאֵ֣י הָֽאָר֔וֹן נִטְבְּל֖וּ בִּקְצֵ֣ה הַמָּ֑יִם וְהַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָ֔יו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר | 1 | The first sentence in this verse contains the part of the events of this story and the second sentence in this verse is background information. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences so that the background information is placed first. Alternate translation: “(Now the Jordan was full over all its banks all the days of the harvest.) And as soon as those lifting the Box came as far as the Jordan then the feet of the priests lifting the Box were dipped in the edge of the water” | ||
| 123 | 3:15 | mx3t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וּכְב֞וֹא נֹשְׂאֵ֤י הָֽאָרוֹן֙ | 1 | Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “And as soon as those lifting the Box went” | |
| 124 | 3:16 | gx0y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | הַיֹּרְדִ֨ים מִלְמַ֜עְלָה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **going down from above** in [3:]13(../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “coming down from above” | |
| 125 | 3:16 | bbru | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | צָֽרְתָ֔ן | 1 | **Zarethan** is the name of a city in the Jordan Valley. | |
| 126 | 3:16 | krqs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish | יָ֧ם הָעֲרָבָ֛ה יָם־הַמֶּ֖לַח | 1 | The phrase **the sea of the Arabah** and the phrase **the Sea of Salt** refer to the same sea. The phrase **the sea of the Arabah** gives the location of the sea and the phrase **the Sea of Salt** gives the name of the sea. The phrase **the Sea of Salt** is not making a distinction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “the sea located near the Arabah, called the Sea of Salt.” | |
| 127 | 3:16 | smkr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | תַּ֣מּוּ נִכְרָ֑תוּ | 1 | See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh completely cut off” or “were completely stopped” | |
| 128 | 3:15 | mu2b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | וְהַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָ֔יו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר | 1 | The author is providing this background information to emphasize the greatness of what Yahweh is about to do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. | |
| 129 | 3:17 | tg4f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן | 1 | Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed” | |
| 130 | 4:intro | eh7p | 0 | # Joshua 4 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### God’s war\nThe conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### Crossing the Jordan River\n\nIn this chapter the words **crossing over** refer to going to the opposite bank of the Jordan River.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Chiasm\n\nHebrew poetry sometimes uses a literary a device called a “chiasm” (sometimes called “chiasmus”). A chiasm is when words or phrases are ordered in a AB-BA sequence. In [Joshua 4:7](../04/07.md) Joshua uses a chiasm. The ULT follows the Hebrew order and translates the part of this verse that contains a chiasm as “Because **the waters of the Jordan were cut off from the face of the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh** when **it crossed over in the Jordan**, **the waters of the Jordan were cut off**. (The repeated phrases are highlighted for the purpose of illustration). Notice that the identical phrase “the waters of the Jordan were cut off” is repeated and the phrase “it crossed over in the Jordan” refers to the same thing as the phrase “from the face of the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh” because the word “it” refers to “the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh.” These phrase are repeated in an AB-BA sequence: “the waters of the Jordan were cut off-from the face of the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh...it crossed over in the Jordan-the waters of the Jordan were cut off.” | |||
| 131 | 4:1 | yem9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן | 1 | Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in the previous verse. See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed” | |
| 132 | 4:3 | g6yc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | וְצַוּ֣וּ אוֹתָם֮ לֵאמֹר֒ שְׂאֽוּ־לָכֶ֨ם מִזֶּ֜ה מִתּ֣וֹךְ הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן מִמַּצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים הָכִ֖ין שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֑ים וְהַעֲבַרְתֶּ֤ם אוֹתָם֙ עִמָּכֶ֔ם וְהִנַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹתָ֔ם בַּמָּל֕וֹן אֲשֶׁר־תָּלִ֥ינוּ ב֖וֹ הַלָּֽיְלָה | 1 | If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And command them to lift up for themselves 12 stones from the midst of the Jordan, from the firm standing place of the feet of the priests. And tell them to bring those stones over with them and shall leave them in the lodging place in which you will lodge tonight” | |
| 133 | 4:3 | cs2k | מִמַּצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים הָכִ֖ין | 1 | Alternate translation: “from the place where the priests are standing right now” | ||
| 134 | 4:3 | buys | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן | 1 | Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in [3:17](../03/17.md). See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed” | |
| 135 | 4:4 | tenj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיִּקְרָ֣א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ אֶל־שְׁנֵ֤ים הֶֽעָשָׂר֙ אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֵכִ֖ין מִבְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אִישׁ־אֶחָ֥ד אִישׁ־אֶחָ֖ד מִשָּֽׁבֶט | 1 | The author assumes that his readers will know that **Joshua** obeyed Yahweh’s command to him in [4:2](../04/02.md) and chose 12 men. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. | |
| 136 | 4:4 | r99r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | מִבְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the sons of Israel** in [1:2](../01/02.md). | |
| 137 | 4:4 | a96j | אִישׁ־אֶחָ֥ד אִישׁ־אֶחָ֖ד מִשָּֽׁבֶט | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **one man, one man from a tribe** in [4:2](../04/02.md). | ||
| 138 | 4:5 | gldr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן | 1 | Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in [3:17](../03/17.md). See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed” | |
| 139 | 4:5 | giom | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the sons of Israel** in [1:2](../01/02.md). | |
| 140 | 4:6 | v6tn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | בְּנֵיכֶ֤ם | 1 | Although the term **sons** is masculine, Joshua is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both male and female descendants. Alternate translation: “your children” | |
| 141 | 4:7 | bq5m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | אֲשֶׁ֨ר נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַיַּרְדֵּן֙…נִכְרְת֖וּ מֵ֣י הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because Yahweh cut off the waters of the Jordan…Yahweh cut off the waters of the Jordan” | |
| 142 | 4:7 | ku21 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry | אֲשֶׁ֨ר נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ מִפְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן בְּרִית־יְהוָ֔ה בְּעָבְרוֹ֙ בַּיַּרְדֵּ֔ן נִכְרְת֖וּ מֵ֣י הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן | 1 | Here two ideas are presented and then they are further explained in reverse order. This is called a chiasm. Biblical Hebrew sometimes uses this literary device. If possible, try to follow this AB-BA sequence of presenting the information here. If it is not possible you can state the information one time and show the emphasis in another ways. See the chapter introduction for more information regarding chiasms. Alternate translation: “Because the waters of the Jordan were cut when the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh crossed over in the Jordan!” | |
| 143 | 4:7 | ww74 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בְּעָבְרוֹ֙ | 1 | It is implied from the context that **the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh** was carried over **the Jordan** River by the Israelite priests and that it did not cross over on its own. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the priests carried it over” | |
| 144 | 4:7 | k8ws | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ | 1 | Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in [3:17](../03/17.md). See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed” | |
| 145 | 4:7 | gx13 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the sons of Israel** in [1:2](../01/02.md). | |
| 146 | 4:9 | igh8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וּשְׁתֵּ֧ים עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֗ים הֵקִ֣ים יְהוֹשֻׁעַ֮ בְּת֣וֹךְ הַיַּרְדֵּן֒ | 1 | These were twelve additional stones, not the stones that the twelve men carried from the riverbed in [4:8](../04/08.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST which adds the word “other” to the phrase “large stones” in order to make it clear that these were a different set of **12 stones** than those carried from the riverbed in the previous verse. | |
| 147 | 4:9 | fumr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַיַּרְדֵּן֒ | 1 | Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in [3:17](../03/17.md). See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed” | |
| 148 | 4:9 | wgcz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | The phrase **until this day** is an idiom meaning “until this time.” The author is saying that the 12 stones were still in the middle of the Jordan at the time he wrote this. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “until this time” or “until now” | |
| 149 | 4:10 | reg9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַיַּרְדֵּן֒ | 1 | Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in [3:17](../03/17.md). See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed” | |
| 150 | 4:11 | vff8 | וַיַּעֲבֹ֧ר אֲרוֹן־יְהוָ֛ה\nוְהַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים לִפְנֵ֥י הָעָֽם | 1 | Alternate translation: “that the priests, who were carrying the Box of Yahweh, crossed the Jordan in front of the people” | ||
| 151 | 4:12 | y1qn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure | וַ֠יַּעַבְרוּ בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֨ן וּבְנֵי־גָ֜ד וַחֲצִ֨י שֵׁ֤בֶט הַֽמְנַשֶּׁה֙ חֲמֻשִׁ֔ים לִפְנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר אֲלֵיהֶ֖ם מֹשֶֽׁה | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could place the words **just as Moses had spoken to them** at the beginning of this verse instead of at the end because the words **as Moses had spoken to them** gives the reason for the result that the first part of this verse describes. Alternate translation: “Just as Moses had spoken to them, the sons of Reuben, and the sons of Gad, and the half of the tribe of Manasseh, armed men, crossed over before the face of the sons of Israel” | |
| 152 | 4:12 | gp7q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֨ן וּבְנֵי־גָ֜ד…בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | Here, **sons** means “descendants” and the phrases **the sons of Reuben, and the sons of Gad** specifically refer to the male descendants of **Reuben** and **Gad** who were fighting age. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Reuben, and the descendants Gad…the descendants of Israel” or “the warriors from the tribe of Reuben, and the warriors from the tribe of Gad…the descendants of Israel” | |
| 153 | 4:14 | b6u1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | גִּדַּ֤ל יְהוָה֙ אֶת־יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ בְּעֵינֵ֖י כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | See how you translated the similar phrase “I will make you great in the eyes of all Israel” in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh caused the Israelite people to realize that he had made Joshua a great leader” or “Yahweh caused the Israelite people to greatly respect Joshua” | |
| 154 | 4:18 | m5z1 | וַיָּשֻׁ֤בוּ מֵֽי־הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ לִמְקוֹמָ֔ם וַיֵּלְכ֥וּ כִתְמוֹל־שִׁלְשׁ֖וֹם עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָֽיו | 1 | Alternate translation: “then the waters of the Jordan returned to where they had been, and flooded over all its banks, as it had done four days ago” | ||
| 155 | 4:18 | ba2n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | נִתְּק֗וּ כַּפּוֹת֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים אֶ֖ל הֶחָרָבָ֑ה | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the priests lifted out the soles of their feet to dry ground” | |
| 156 | 4:19 | bf72 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | עָלוּ֙ | 1 | Your language may say “went up” rather than **came up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went up” | |
| 157 | 4:19 | zy5r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths | בֶּעָשׂ֖וֹר לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֑וֹן | 1 | This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote. Suggested footnote: “The month of Aviv was in the March—April time of the year.” Alternate translation: “on the tenth day of the month of Aviv” | |
| 158 | 4:21 | m1tm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | בְּנֵיכֶ֤ם | 1 | Although the term **sons** is masculine, Joshua is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both male and female descendants. Alternate translation: “your children” | |
| 159 | 4:21 | flgy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | אֲשֶׁר֩ יִשְׁאָל֨וּן בְּנֵיכֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ אֶת־אֲבוֹתָ֣ם לֵאמֹ֔ר מָ֖ה הָאֲבָנִ֥ים הָאֵֽלֶּה | 1 | If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “When your sons ask their fathers in the future what the meaning of these stones are” or “In the future, when your sons ask their fathers what the meaning of these stone are” | |
| 160 | 4:22 | p6nk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶ֣ם | 1 | Although the term **sons** is masculine, Joshua is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both male and female descendants. Alternate translation: “your children” | |
| 161 | 4:22 | gt6c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | וְהוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶ֣ם | 1 | Joshua is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “then you shall cause your sons to know the meaning of these stones” or “then you shall cause your sons to know why these stones are here” | |
| 162 | 4:22 | bwj5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | וְהוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶ֣ם לֵאמֹ֑ר בַּיַּבָּשָׁה֙ עָבַ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן הַזֶּֽה | 1 | If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “then you shall cause your sons to know by telling them that Israel crossed over this Jordan on dry ground” or “then you shall cause your sons to know by replying to them that Israel crossed over this Jordan on dry ground” | |
| 163 | 4:24 | aiev | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal | לְ֠מַעַן דַּ֜עַת כָּל־עַמֵּ֤י הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא לְמַ֧עַן יְרָאתֶ֛ם אֶת־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם כָּל־הַיָּמִֽים | 1 | In the previous verse Joshua states that Yahweh “dried up the the waters of the Jordan” and the waters of “the Sea of Reeds” for the Israelites. In this verse, each occurrence of the phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause that gives one of the two purposes for which Yahweh dried up the Jordan River and the Sea of Reeds. Use a natural way in your language for introducing purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “in order that all the peoples of the earth may know the hand Yahweh, that it is mighty, and in order that you will fear Yahweh your God all the days” | |
| 164 | 4:24 | qe29 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא | 1 | Here, **hand** represents the power and control that someone has. The expression **the hand of Yahweh, that it is mighty** means “the power of Yahweh is mighty.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. “Yahweh is mighty” | |
| 165 | 4:24 | glk7 | לְמַ֧עַן יְרָאתֶ֛ם אֶת־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם כָּל־הַיָּמִֽים | 1 | Alternate translation: “so that you will always give Yahweh your God the honor he deserves” | ||
| 166 | 4:24 | s9y5 | כָּל־הַיָּמִֽים | 1 | Alternate translation: “continually” | ||
| 167 | 5:intro | dv8f | 0 | # Joshua 5 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Circumcision\n\nIt would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])\n\n### Manna\n\nYahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop. | |||
| 168 | 5:1 | wpev | כִשְׁמֹ֣עַ כָּל־מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֱמֹרִ֡י אֲשֶׁר֩ בְּעֵ֨בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֜ן יָ֗מָּה וְכָל־מַלְכֵ֤י הַֽכְּנַעֲנִי֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־הַיָּ֔ם אֵ֠ת אֲשֶׁר־הוֹבִ֨ישׁ יְהוָ֜ה אֶת־מֵ֧י הַיַּרְדֵּ֛ן מִפְּנֵ֥י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַד־עָבְרָ֑ם fn וַיִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗ם וְלֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ מִפְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | Alternate translation: “when all the Amorite kings who were on the other side of the Jordan toward the sea, and all the Canaanite kings who were beside the sea, heard that Yahweh had dried up the waters of the Jordan before the Israelites until they had finished crossing it, then their heart melted, and there was no longer a spirit in them because of the sons of Israel” | ||
| 169 | 5:1 | el1p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | וַיִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗ם וְלֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ | 1 | The phrase **their heart melted** and the phrase **there was no longer a spirit in them** have very similar meanings. The author says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the intensity of the fear that these kings felt when they heard what Yahweh had done. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “then their heart melted” or “they became so afraid that they no longer had any courage to fight” | |
| 170 | 5:1 | iokv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗ם וְלֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ | 1 | The phrases **their heart melted** and **there was no longer a spirit in them** are both idioms. Here, **hearts** refers to courage.The **kings** were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Here, the word **spirit** refers to the **kings** will to fight. If your readers would not understand this, you could use equivalent idioms or use plain language. See how you translated “our hearts have melted and the spirit in a man no longer stands before your face” in [2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “then they became very afraid and no longer had the courage to fight” or “then they lost all their courage, an no longer had any will to fight” | |
| 171 | 5:1 | uwpn | מִפְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | Here, the phrase **from the face of** means “because of.” For more information on this phrase see the section in the book introduction that discusses it. Alternate translation: “because of the sons of Israel” | ||
| 172 | 5:2 | nc87 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים | 1 | **Flint** is a type of stone. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “knives of sharpened stone” or “knives with blades made of stone” | |
| 173 | 5:2 | d7tg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | וְשׁ֛וּב מֹ֥ל אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל שֵׁנִֽית | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could indicate the meaning of this part of the verse without using an ordinal number. This section of the verse means that Yahweh wanted the current generation of male Israelites to be circumcised. The previous generation of male Israelites had been circumcised but they had died in the wilderness as [5:4](../05/04.md) states. The current generation of Israelite males had not yet been circumcised. Alternate translation: “and circumcise this generation of male Israelites” or “and again, circumcise the sons of Israel” | |
| 174 | 5:3 | m1u7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיַּעַשׂ־ל֥וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים וַיָּ֨מָל֙ אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | There were over 600,000 males, so it is understood that while Joshua was in charge of this task, many other people helped him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So Joshua and the Israelites made themselves knives of flint. And they circumcised all the sons of Israel” or “So Joshua and the Israelites made themselves knives of flint. And they circumcised all the Israelite males” | |
| 175 | 5:3 | d0fw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **knives of flint** in the previous verse. | |
| 176 | 5:3 | jin6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גִּבְעַ֖ת הָעֲרָלֽוֹת | 1 | This is the name of a place which commemorates the Israelites rededicating themselves to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “a place called ‘Hill of the Foreskins’” | |
| 177 | 5:4 | i17c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | הַיֹּצֵא֩…בְּצֵאתָ֖ם | 1 | Your language may say “came” and “come” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who had came out…when they had come out” | |
| 178 | 5:5 | mhgs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | הַיֹּֽצְאִ֑ים…בְּצֵאתָ֥ם | 1 | Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who came out…as they came out” | |
| 179 | 5:5 | b06g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | מֻלִ֣ים הָי֔וּ כָּל־הָעָ֖ם הַיֹּֽצְאִ֑ים…לֹא־מָֽלוּ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had circumcised each male who had left Egypt…were uncircumcised” | |
| 180 | 5:5 | u9fk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וְכָל | 1 | What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what precedes it. The information that the men who left Egypt **were circumcised** is in contrast to the men **who were born in the wilderness** who **had not been circumcised**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. | |
| 181 | 5:5 | mqv5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הָעָ֖ם…הָ֠עָם | 1 | In this verse the phrase **the people** means “the males.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the males…the males” | |
| 182 | 5:6 | e12p | עַד־תֹּ֨ם כָּל־הַגּ֜וֹי אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַמִּלְחָמָה֙ הַיֹּצְאִ֣ים מִמִּצְרַ֔יִם | 1 | Alternate translation: “until all the Israelite men of war, who had gone out from Egypt, had died” | ||
| 183 | 5:6 | qbbd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | הַיֹּצְאִ֣ים | 1 | Your language may say “come” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who had come out” | |
| 184 | 5:6 | u9iz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה | 1 | Here, the word **listened** means “obeyed.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had not obeyed the voice of Yahweh” | |
| 185 | 5:6 | k8wl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה | 1 | The author is describing the things Yahweh spoke by association with his **voice**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “had not listened to the things Yahweh commanded them” or “had not listened to the things Yahweh told them” | |
| 186 | 5:6 | jre1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּ֣י ׀ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֗ה הָלְכ֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ בַּמִּדְבָּר֒ עַד־תֹּ֨ם כָּל־הַגּ֜וֹי אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַמִּלְחָמָה֙ הַיֹּצְאִ֣ים מִמִּצְרַ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר נִשְׁבַּ֤ע יְהוָה֙ לָהֶ֔ם לְבִלְתִּ֞י הַרְאוֹתָ֣ם אֶת־הָאָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֩ נִשְׁבַּ֨ע יְהוָ֤ה לַֽאֲבוֹתָם֙ לָ֣תֶת לָ֔נוּ אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ | 1 | Here, the word **because** introduces the reason (**they had not listened to Yahweh**) that **the sons of Israel walked in the wilderness 40 years**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the information in this verse, since the phrase **they had not listened to Yahweh** gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the sons of Israel had not listened to the voice of Yahweh, to whom Yahweh had sworn to not let them see the land that Yahweh had sworn to their fathers to give to us, a land flowing with milk and honey, they walked in the wilderness 40 years, until the finishing of all the nation of the men of war who had gone out from Egypt” | |
| 187 | 5:6 | mu8b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לַֽאֲבוֹתָם֙ | 1 | Here, the word **fathers** refers to and includes both their actual fathers and their ancestors. God had made the promise to their ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and also to their actual fathers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to their fathers and ancestors” | |
| 188 | 5:6 | o55f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | לָ֔נוּ | 1 | When the author says **us**, he is including the Israelites he is addressing, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. | |
| 189 | 5:6 | jrp7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ | 1 | The phrase **a land flowing with milk and honey** is an idiom that means that the land was fertile and produced many natural resources and was therefore good for growing crops and harvesting things that it produced on its own. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “a fertile and rich land” or “a fertile land that produces many good things” | |
| 190 | 5:7 | p9pz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | בְּנֵיהֶם֙ הֵקִ֣ים תַּחְתָּ֔ם אֹתָ֖ם מָ֣ל יְהוֹשֻׁ֑עַ כִּי־עֲרֵלִ֣ים הָי֔וּ כִּ֛י לֹא־מָ֥לוּ אוֹתָ֖ם בַּדָּֽרֶךְ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that the reason Joshua circumcised the Israelite males is placed first. Alternate translation: “he raised up their sons instead of them. They were uncircumcised because they had not circumcised them on the way, so Joshua circumcised them” | |
| 191 | 5:8 | gl0s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַגּ֖וֹי | 1 | Here, the phrase **the nation** refers specifically to the males from the **nation** of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Israelite males” | |
| 192 | 5:9 | x1q8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | הַיּ֗וֹם גַּלּ֛וֹתִי אֶת־חֶרְפַּ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם מֵעֲלֵיכֶ֑ם | 1 | The phrase **rolled away** is an idiom meaning “taken away.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Today I have removed the disgrace of Egypt from on you” or “Today I have removed the disgrace of Egypt from on you” | |
| 193 | 5:9 | sgya | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | אֶת־חֶרְפַּ֥ת | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns for the idea of **disgrace**, you could express the same idea with an adjective, as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. | |
| 194 | 5:9 | bb23 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | See how you translated the idiom **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md). | |
| 195 | 5:10 | tdl1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths | בְּאַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֥וֹם לַחֹ֛דֶשׁ | 1 | Here, the phrase **the month** is referring to the Hebrew month Aviv. See the note on the phrase “the first month” in [4:19](../04/19.md). Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the month of Aviv” | |
| 196 | 5:11 | g1ks | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְקָל֑וּי | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that “the Israelites” did it. Alternate translation: “and grain that they had roasted” | |
| 197 | 5:12 | ced7 | וַיִּשְׁבֹּ֨ת הַמָּ֜ן מִֽמָּחֳרָ֗ת בְּאָכְלָם֙ מֵעֲב֣וּר הָאָ֔רֶץ וְלֹא־הָ֥יָה ע֛וֹד לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מָ֑ן | 1 | Alternate translation: “And the day after the sons of Israel ate from the yield of the land, the manna stopped” | ||
| 198 | 5:13 | x26s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנֵּה | 1 | The author is using the term **behold** to focus attention on what happens next in this story. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. | |
| 199 | 5:13 | dztr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo | אִישׁ֙ | 1 | Although the author uses the term **a man** here, the next verse explains that this being was “the leader of the army of Yahweh.” The being, referred to here as **a man**, was not a human but was either an angel of Yahweh sent to represent Yahweh, or Yahweh himself. The author uses the phrase “a man” because this what Joshua thought he was before he was told the beings identity in the next verse. Since the identity of the being is given in the next verse, you do not need to explain the meaning of the phrase **a man** here. | |
| 200 | 5:14 | ds5l | לֹ֗א | 1 | Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies” | ||
| 201 | 5:14 | r42a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥יו אַ֨רְצָה֙ וַיִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ | 1 | The phrase **fell on his face to the earth** means that Joshua intentionally got down on his knees. In that culture, getting down on one’s knees and bowing one’s head to the ground was an expression of reverence and/or worship. It was a way that a person showed great respect and reverence for someone else. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. | |
| 202 | 5:15 | ge5y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | שַׁל־נַֽעַלְךָ֙ מֵעַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔ךָ | 1 | In that culture, the action of taking of ones sandals expressed that the person who took off their sandals was showing great respect and reverence towards someone superior to them and acknowledging their willingness to obey them. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. | |
| 203 | 5:15 | qu3d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | שַׁל־נַֽעַלְךָ֙ מֵעַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔ךָ כִּ֣י הַמָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתָּ֛ה עֹמֵ֥ד עָלָ֖יו קֹ֣דֶשׁ ה֑וּא | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the place on which you are standing is holy, you must slip off your sandal from your foot.” | |
| 204 | 6:intro | uie9 | 0 | # Joshua 6 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Yahweh conquers\n\nIt was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 205 | 6:1 | gbz8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | וִֽירִיחוֹ֙ סֹגֶ֣רֶת וּמְסֻגֶּ֔רֶת מִפְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אֵ֥ין יוֹצֵ֖א וְאֵ֥ין בָּֽא | 1 | This entire verse is background information. The author provides this background information about **the city of Jericho** to help readers understand Yahweh’s instructions to Joshua regarding conquering Jericho. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information | |
| 206 | 6:1 | aozr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וִֽירִיחוֹ֙ סֹגֶ֣רֶת וּמְסֻגֶּ֔רֶת | 1 | The phrase **was shutting and was shut up** is an idiom meaning the gates of the city were tightly shut. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Now the gates of Jericho were tightly shut” | |
| 207 | 6:1 | jq71 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וִֽירִיחוֹ֙ סֹגֶ֣רֶת וּמְסֻגֶּ֔רֶת מִפְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that people from the city of Jericho did it. Alternate translation: “And men from the city of Jericho shut it up from the face of the sons of Israel” or “And men from the city of Jericho shut up its gates from the face of the sons of Israel” | |
| 208 | 6:1 | qfoa | מִפְּנֵ֖י | 1 | Here, the phrase **from the face of** means “because of.” For more information on this phrase see the section in the book introduction that discusses it. Alternate translation: “because of” | ||
| 209 | 6:2 | j65i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture | נָתַ֣תִּי בְיָֽדְךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְאֶת־מַלְכָּ֑הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶחָֽיִל | 1 | Yahweh is using the past tense in order to refer to something that he will do in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will give Jericho into your hand, and its king, the mighty ones of the army” or “I will certainly give Jericho into your hand, and its king, the mighty ones of the army” | |
| 210 | 6:2 | v4hu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | נָתַ֣תִּי בְיָֽדְךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ | 1 | The phrase **into your hand** is an idiom meaning “has delivered to your control.” See how you translated the phrase “into our hand” in [2:24](../02/24.md). Alternate translation: “I have delivered Jericho to your control” or “I have allowed you to conquer Jericho” | |
| 211 | 6:2 | djup | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶחָֽיִל | 1 | The author is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “and the mighty men of valor” | |
| 212 | 6:2 | km13 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶחָֽיִל | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **mighty men of valor** in [1:14](../01/14.md). | |
| 213 | 6:3 | fu9e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַקֵּ֥יף אֶת־הָעִ֖יר פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת | 1 | The context implies that they were to walk **around the city one time** each day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “going around the city one time each day” | |
| 214 | 6:5 | oe7s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הָעָ֖ם…הָעָ֖ם | 1 | In this verse, the phrase **the people** refers to Joshua and the Israelite soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the soldiers…the soldiers” | |
| 215 | 6:5 | zdc7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וְעָל֥וּ הָעָ֖ם | 1 | Here, the phrase **go up** refers to walking or climbing up over the collapsed pieces of the city walls. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the people will walk up over the rubble from the city walls” or “and the people will climb up over the collapsed city walls” | |
| 216 | 6:5 | ukux | אִ֥ישׁ נֶגְדּֽוֹ | 1 | Alternate translation: “every man going straight in front of him” | ||
| 217 | 6:6 | h9cn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | נוּן֙ | 1 | See how you translated the name **Nun** in [1:1](../01/01.md). | |
| 218 | 6:7 | jf9o | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עִבְר֖וּ…יַעֲבֹ֕ר | 1 | The phrase **pass over** is an idiom that indicates walking or moving forward. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Start walking…will walk” | |
| 219 | 6:8 | y78m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עָבְר֕וּ | 1 | See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “went forward” or “advanced” | |
| 220 | 6:8 | l35d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה | 1 | Here, the author is describing **the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh** by association with **Yahweh**. The author associates **Yahweh** with **the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh** because **the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh** represents Yahweh’s presence with the people of Israel. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “in front of the Box of the Covenant” or “before the face of Yahweh’s Box of the Covenant” | |
| 221 | 6:8 | ayf9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַֽאֲרוֹן֙ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה הֹלֵ֖ךְ אַחֲרֵיהֶֽם | 1 | Four priests were carrying **the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priests were carrying the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh behind them” | |
| 222 | 6:9 | gch6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אַחֲרֵ֣י הָאָר֔וֹן | 1 | Here, it is implied that four priests were carrying **the Box**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “behind the four priests who were carrying the Box” or “behind the Box which was being carried by four priests” | |
| 223 | 6:10 | v7ib | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הָעָם֩ | 1 | Here, the phrase **the people** refers to the Israelite soldiers and priests. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Israelite soldiers and priests” | |
| 224 | 6:10 | ar1d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | לֹ֤א תָרִ֨יעוּ֙ וְלֹֽא־תַשְׁמִ֣יעוּ אֶת־קוֹלְכֶ֔ם וְלֹא־יֵצֵ֥א מִפִּיכֶ֖ם דָּבָ֑ר עַ֠ד י֣וֹם אָמְרִ֧י אֲלֵיכֶ֛ם | 1 | The phrase **You shall not shout** and the phrase **You shall not make your voice heard** and the phrase **a word shall not go out from your mouth** mean very similar things. Joshua says the same thing three times, in slightly different ways, to emphasize to the Israelite soldiers and priests that they must remain silent until Joshua gives them the command to **shout**. If saying similar things three different times might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one and show the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “You must remain totally quiet until I say to you” or “You must remain completely silent until I tell you” | |
| 225 | 6:10 | tc4f | וְלֹא־יֵצֵ֥א מִפִּיכֶ֖ם דָּבָ֑ר | 1 | Alternate translation: “and you shall not say anything” | ||
| 226 | 6:11 | xxfc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential | וַיַּסֵּ֤ב | 1 | Here, the word **And** introduces what happens next as a result of Joshua’s command in the previous verse. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. | |
| 227 | 6:11 | hf4m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיַּסֵּ֤ב אֲרוֹן־יְהוָה֙ אֶת־הָעִ֔יר | 1 | Here, the word **he** refers to Joshua. It is implied that Joshua did not carry the **Box of Yahweh** around Jericho himself but rather instructed the priests do it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priests brought the box of Yahweh around the city” | |
| 228 | 6:13 | lxf4 | וְשִׁבְעָ֣ה הַכֹּהֲנִ֡ים נֹשְׂאִים֩ שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֜וֹת הַיֹּבְלִ֗ים | 1 | See how you translated the similar phrase “the seven priests carrying seven horns of rams” in [6:8](../06/06.md). | ||
| 229 | 6:13 | wjy6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | הָל֖וֹךְ וְתָק֥וֹעַ בַּשּׁוֹפָרֽוֹת | 1 | The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “while the priests were continually blowing with the horns” | |
| 230 | 6:14 | j232 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | בַּיּ֤וֹם הַשֵּׁנִי֙ | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day two” | |
| 231 | 6:15 | cc1r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֗י | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day seven” | |
| 232 | 6:15 | bgwj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | כַּמִּשְׁפָּ֥ט הַזֶּ֖ה שֶׁ֣בַע פְּעָמִ֑ים רַ֚ק בַּיּ֣וֹם הַה֔וּא סָבְב֥וּ אֶת־הָעִ֖יר שֶׁ֥בַע פְּעָמִֽים | 1 | Here, the author repeats the phrase **seven times** for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “according to this manner, but on that day they went around the city seven times” | |
| 233 | 6:16 | sc3s | תָּקְע֥וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים בַּשּׁוֹפָר֑וֹת וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוֹשֻׁ֤עַ אֶל־הָעָם֙ הָרִ֔יעוּ כִּֽי־נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָכֶ֖ם אֶת־הָעִֽיר | 1 | The phrase **the priests blew with the horns. And Joshua said to the people, “Shout, for Yahweh has given to you the city!** could mean: (1) that Joshua instructed **the priests** to **Shout** while **the priests blew with with the horns** Alternate translation: “while the priests blew with the horns that Joshua said to the people, “Shout, for Yahweh has given to you the city!” (2) that Joshua instructed **the priests** to **Shout** after **the priests** had finished blowing their **horns** Alternate translation: “when the priests had finished blowing with the horns that Joshua said to the people, ‘Shout, for Yahweh has given to you the city!” | ||
| 234 | 6:16 | fj73 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture | נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָכֶ֖ם אֶת־הָעִֽיר | 1 | Joshua is using the past tense in order to refer to something that Yahweh will do in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will give the city to you” or “Yahweh will certainly give the city to you” | |
| 235 | 6:17 | qcml | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | רַק֩ רָחָ֨ב הַזּוֹנָ֜ה תִּֽחְיֶ֗ה הִ֚יא וְכָל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתָּ֣הּ בַּבַּ֔יִת כִּ֣י הֶחְבְּאַ֔תָה אֶת־הַמַּלְאָכִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׁלָֽחְנוּ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because she hid the messengers whom we sent, only Rahab the prostitute will live, she and all who are with her in the house” | |
| 236 | 6:18 | lt6m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וְרַק | 1 | The word **But** is used here to indicate that what follows it is in strong contrast to the action of sparing Rahab and the people with her in her house. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. | |
| 237 | 6:18 | a98e | הַחֵ֔רֶם | 1 | See how you translated the phrase “a banned thing” in the previous verse. | ||
| 238 | 6:18 | z8cs | אֶת־מַחֲנֵ֤ה יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ | 1 | Alternate translation: “the camp of Israelite soldiers” | ||
| 239 | 6:18 | ntwr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | אַתֶּם֙…תַּחֲרִ֖ימוּ וּלְקַחְתֶּ֣ם | 1 | In this verse every occurrence of the word **you** refers to the Israelite soldiers and so each is plural. | |
| 240 | 6:20 | fm69 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיָּ֣רַע הָעָ֔ם וַֽיִּתְקְע֖וּ בַּשֹּֽׁפָר֑וֹת וַיְהִי֩ כִשְׁמֹ֨עַ הָעָ֜ם אֶת־ק֣וֹל הַשּׁוֹפָ֗ר וַיָּרִ֤יעוּ הָעָם֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה וַתִּפֹּ֨ל הַֽחוֹמָ֜ה תַּחְתֶּ֗יהָ וַיַּ֨עַל הָעָ֤ם הָעִ֨ירָה֙ אִ֣ישׁ נֶגְדּ֔וֹ וַֽיִּלְכְּד֖וּ אֶת־הָעִֽיר | 1 | In this verse each occurrence of the phrase **the people** refers to the Israelite soldiers. The first time the word **they** is used in this verse it refers to the seven Israelite priests who carried the seven **trumpets**. The second time the word **they** is used it refers to the Israelite soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the soldiers shouted and the priests blew with the horns. And it happened as soon as the soldiers heard the sound of the horn, that the soldiers shouted with a great shout. And the wall fell under itself, and the soldiers went up to the city, a man straight in front of him, and the Israelite soldiers captured the city” | |
| 241 | 6:20 | p5kj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | וַיַּ֨עַל הָעָ֤ם הָעִ֨ירָה֙ | 1 | The expression **went up** indicates that the Israelite soldiers moved upwards in elevation in order to enter Jericho. If it is unnatural in your language to indicate elevation when expressing movement you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “and the people went into the city” | |
| 242 | 6:20 | v2v6 | אִ֣ישׁ | 1 | Alternate translation: “each man” or “every man” | ||
| 243 | 6:21 | cf5x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | לְפִי־חָֽרֶב | 1 | The author is speaking of **the sword** as if it were a living thing that had a **mouth** and could eat. This is probably a reference to the way a sword cuts into a person as if it were an animal biting him. An idea implicit in this personification is that when a sword eats, it devours everything. So this expression means “to the degree that the sword devours.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” | |
| 244 | 6:21 | b19h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | מֵאִישׁ֙ וְעַד־אִשָּׁ֔ה מִנַּ֖עַר וְעַד־זָקֵ֑ן וְעַ֨ד שׁ֥וֹר וָשֶׂ֛ה וַחֲמ֖וֹר | 1 | The author is giving examples of the different types and categories of living beings that the phrase **all that was in the city** refers to. The Israelite soldiers killed all the animals and all the humans in the city of Jericho. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being, and every animal” or “they killed all the people, both male and female, regardless of their age, and they killed all the cattle and sheep and donkeys. They killed every living thing” | |
| 245 | 6:21 | hmkk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | מִנַּ֖עַר וְעַד־זָקֵ֑ן | 1 | The author is using the adjectives **young** and **old** as nouns in order to describe groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “from young people and to old people” | |
| 246 | 6:22 | vluk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | בֹּ֖אוּ בֵּית־הָאִשָּׁ֣ה הַזּוֹנָ֑ה וְהוֹצִ֨יאוּ מִשָּׁ֤ם אֶת־הָֽאִשָּׁה֙ וְאֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לָ֔הּ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּעְתֶּ֖ם לָֽהּ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the phrases before it describe. Alternate translation: “Do what you swore to the woman, the prostitute, and enter her house and bring her out from there and all who belong to her” | |
| 247 | 6:23 | ukcg | וְאֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לָ֔הּ | 1 | The phrase **all who belonged to her** could refer to: (1) Rahab’s other relatives who were in her house. Alternate translation: “and all her relatives who were with her in her house” (2) Rahab’s slaves. Alternate translation: “and her slaves” or “and all her slaves” | ||
| 248 | 6:24 | xrii | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-exceptions | וְהָעִ֛יר שָׂרְפ֥וּ בָאֵ֖שׁ וְכָל־אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֑הּ רַ֣ק ׀ הַכֶּ֣סֶף וְהַזָּהָ֗ב וּכְלֵ֤י הַנְּחֹ֨שֶׁת֙ וְהַבַּרְזֶ֔ל נָתְנ֖וּ אוֹצַ֥ר בֵּית־יְהוָֽה | 1 | If, in your language, it would appear that the author were making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reverse the order of the clauses so that the exception is stated first, and then the larger group is named second. Alternate translation: “And the silver and the gold and the objects of bronze and iron they took from Jericho so that they could give them to the storehouse of the house of Yahweh. Then they burned the city and everything that was left in it” or “And the silver and the gold and the objects of bronze and iron they took from Jericho so that they could give them to the storehouse of the house of Yahweh. Then they burned the city and all that was in it” | |
| 249 | 6:24 | ny39 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בֵּית־יְהוָֽה | 1 | The phrase **the house of Yahweh** is another name for the tent of meeting. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. | |
| 250 | 6:25 | yhp5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | וְֽאֶת־רָחָ֣ב הַ֠זּוֹנָה וְאֶת־בֵּ֨ית אָבִ֤יהָ וְאֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לָהּ֙ הֶחֱיָ֣ה יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ וַתֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בְּקֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה כִּ֤י הֶחְבִּ֨יאָה֙ אֶת־הַמַּלְאָכִ֔ים אֲשֶׁר־שָׁלַ֥ח יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ לְרַגֵּ֥ל אֶת־יְרִיחֽוֹ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because Rahab hid the messengers whom Joshua had sent to spy on Jericho, Joshua kept her alive and also kept the house of her father alive and all who belonged to her. And she has dwelt in the midst of Israel to this day” | |
| 251 | 6:25 | l990 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַתֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בְּקֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | The word **she** could refer to: (1) Rahab herself. Alternate translation: “And Rahab has dwelt in the midst of Israel to this day” (2) Rahab’s descendants. Alternate translation: “And Rahab’s descendants have dwelt in the midst of Israel to this day” | |
| 252 | 6:25 | d0je | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְּקֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | The author is speaking of the Israelite people by association with the man **Israel**, from whom they descended. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the Israelites” or “among the descendants of Israel” | |
| 253 | 6:25 | czcy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | See how you translated the idiom “until this day” in [4:9](../04/09.md). It has the same meaning as the idiom **to this day**. Alternate translation: “until now” | |
| 254 | 6:26 | rmeu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | אָר֨וּר הָאִ֜ישׁ | 1 | Joshua is speaking of any **man** who might possibly rebuild Jericho in the future, not of one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Cursed is any man” | |
| 255 | 7:intro | uv41 | 0 | # Joshua 7 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Sin brought defeat\n\nIt was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) | |||
| 256 | 7:1 | v6rb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל…בִּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the sons of Israel** in [1:2](../01/02.md), where it is used with the same meaning. | |
| 257 | 7:1 | mtm4 | בַּחֵ֑רֶם…הַחֵ֔רֶם | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the banned thing** in [6:18](../06/18.md). Alternate translation: “with the things that Yahweh had said they must set apart for him” | ||
| 258 | 7:1 | z3zl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עָכָ֣ן & כַּרְמִי֩ & זַבְדִּ֨י & זֶ֜רַח | 1 | These are the names of men. | |
| 259 | 7:1 | li2v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה בִּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | The phrase **the nose of Yahweh burned** is an idiom meaning “Yahweh was very angry.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh was very angry with the sons of Israel” | |
| 260 | 7:2 | uwga | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּ֥ית אָ֨וֶן֙ | 1 | **Beth Aven** is the name of a town. | |
| 261 | 7:2 | si6l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | עֲל֖וּ וְרַגְּל֣וּ אֶת־הָאָ֑רֶץ וַֽיַּעֲלוּ֙ הָאֲנָשִׁ֔ים וַֽיְרַגְּל֖וּ אֶת־הָעָֽי | 1 | The expressions **Go up** and **went up** indicate that the Israelite spies had to move upward in elevation in order to spy out Ai. If it is unnatural in your language to indicate elevation when expressing movement you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “Go and spy out the land.” And the men went and spied out the Ai” | |
| 262 | 7:3 | dx9x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | אַל־יַ֣עַל כָּל־הָעָם֒ כְּאַלְפַּ֣יִם אִ֗ישׁ א֚וֹ כִּשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֣ים אִ֔ישׁ יַעֲל֖וּ וְיַכּ֣וּ אֶת־הָעָ֑י אַל־תְּיַגַּע־שָׁ֨מָּה֙ אֶת־כָּל־הָעָ֔ם כִּ֥י מְעַ֖ט הֵֽמָּה | 1 | The word **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Also, if it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the sentences and phrases since the phrase **because they are few** gives the reason for the result that the sentence **Do not let all the people go up** and clause **Do not cause all the people to be weary there** describe. Alternate translation: “Because the people of Ai are few, do not let all the people go up. About 2,000 men or about 3,000 men should go up and strike the Ai. Do not cause all the people to be weary there” | |
| 263 | 7:3 | in9l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | אַל־יַ֣עַל כָּל־הָעָם֒ כְּאַלְפַּ֣יִם אִ֗ישׁ א֚וֹ כִּשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֣ים אִ֔ישׁ יַעֲל֖וּ וְיַכּ֣וּ אֶת־הָעָ֑י | 1 | The expression **go up** indicates that the Israelite soldiers needed to move upward in elevation in order to attack Ai. If it is unnatural in your language to indicate elevation when expressing movement you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “Do not let all the people go. About 2,000 men or about 3,000 men should go and strike the Ai” | |
| 264 | 7:4 | i5e8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | וַיַּעֲל֤וּ מִן־הָעָם֙ שָׁ֔מָּה | 1 | The expression **went up** indicates that the Israelite soldiers moved upward in elevation in order to attack Ai. If it is unnatural in your language to indicate elevation when expressing movement you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “And some from the people went to there” | |
| 265 | 7:5 | nyw2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate | הַשְּׁבָרִ֔ים | 1 | The word the ULT translates as **the stone quarries** could: (1) mean **the quarries** and be referring to stone quarries. Alternate translation: “the rock quarries” (2) be the name of a place. If you decide that this is the name of a place you can transliterate the Hebrew word. Alternate translation: “the Shebarim” | |
| 266 | 7:5 | vluc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | הַשְּׁבָרִ֔ים | 1 | A quarry is a place from which people take stones to use for building things. Normally **quarries** are large pits that are deep. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of place, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the pits where people had dug stones out of the ground” or “a place where people had dug stones out of the ground” | |
| 267 | 7:5 | j2v2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־הָעָ֖ם | 1 | See how you translated this idiom in [2:11](../02/11.md) and [5:1](../05/01.md). | |
| 268 | 7:5 | yl48 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיְהִ֥י לְמָֽיִם | 1 | The phrase **became water** is an idiom meaning “became very afraid.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and became very afraid” | |
| 269 | 7:5 | k7b1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | וַיִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־הָעָ֖ם וַיְהִ֥י לְמָֽיִם | 1 | The two descriptions the author gives of **the heart of the people** mean basically the same thing. Saying the people’s hearts **melted** and that they **became water** both mean that the people lost their courage and will to fight. The author is using these two phrases together for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And the hearts of the people became very afraid!” | |
| 270 | 7:6 | ty1c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיִּקְרַ֨ע יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ שִׂמְלֹתָ֗יו | 1 | In that culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act done to show grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And Joshua tore his garments in grief” or “And Joshua tore his garments in distress” | |
| 271 | 7:6 | yewb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיִּפֹּל֩ עַל־פָּנָ֨יו אַ֜רְצָה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **fell on his face to the earth** in [5:14](../05/14.md). | |
| 272 | 7:6 | xhvl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיַּעֲל֥וּ עָפָ֖ר עַל־רֹאשָֽׁם | 1 | In that culture the act of putting dust on one’s head was a symbolic act done to show grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And they caused dust to go up on their heads to show their grief” | |
| 273 | 7:7 | tw2k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | אֲהָ֣הּ ׀ אֲדֹנָ֣י יְהוִ֗ה | 1 | Joshua is using a word that expresses a strong feeling of fear or distress. The ULT translates this word as **Alas**. There may be an equivalent word or expression in your language that you can use in your translation to convey this strong feeling. If not, you could specify that Gideon said this because he was feeling fear. Alternate translation: “Oh, no! My Lord Yahweh!” or “I am afraid, my Lord Yahweh!” | |
| 274 | 7:7 | run5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | לָתֵ֥ת אֹתָ֛נוּ בְּיַ֥ד הָאֱמֹרִ֖י | 1 | See how you translated this idiom in [2:24](../02/24.md). Alternate translation: “to allow the Amorites to defeat us” | |
| 275 | 7:7 | aq5b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וְלוּ֙ הוֹאַ֣לְנוּ וַנֵּ֔שֶׁב בְּעֵ֖בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּֽן | 1 | The words **if only** show that this is a wish and the rest of the sentence indicates that this is a wish that is the result of feelings of regret. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I wish we had been content and had stayed on the other side of the Jordan” or “I regret that we did not stay on the other side of the Jordan” | |
| 276 | 7:8 | djz8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | מָ֣ה אֹמַ֔ר אַ֠חֲרֵי אֲשֶׁ֨ר הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִפְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽיו | 1 | Joshua is not asking for information, but is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Israel has turned the back of the neck before the face of its enemies and as a result I do not know what to say!” | |
| 277 | 7:8 | s4eb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִפְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽיו | 1 | To turn **the back of the neck** is an idiom meaning “to turn and run away.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Israel has turned their backs before the face of their enemies” or “Israel has run away from their enemies” | |
| 278 | 7:9 | b0og | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | הַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֗י | 1 | The word **Canaanite** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Canaanite people” | |
| 279 | 7:9 | n2kp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וְנָסַ֣בּוּ עָלֵ֔ינוּ וְהִכְרִ֥יתוּ אֶת־שְׁמֵ֖נוּ מִן־הָאָ֑רֶץ | 1 | Here, the phrase **cut off** means “to cause to end” or “cause to cease.” The Israelite’s **name** represents their lives and memory. The words **will surround us and cut off our name from the earth** means the Israelites would be attacked from different sides by different Canaanite people groups who would then kill them all, with the result that they would cease to exist on earth and be forgotten. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and will surround us and kill us, and the people of the earth will forget about us” | |
| 280 | 7:9 | afxk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | וּמַֽה־תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְשִׁמְךָ֥ הַגָּדֽוֹל | 1 | Joshua is not asking for information, but is using the question form in order to emphasize that if Yahweh allows the inhabitants of the land to eliminate the Israelites, then the people who live in the land will no longer think Yahweh is a powerful God. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. | |
| 281 | 7:9 | r713 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וּמַֽה־תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְשִׁמְךָ֥ הַגָּדֽוֹל | 1 | Yahweh’s **name** represents his reputation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And what will you do to preserve your great reputation” or “And so what will you to preserve your fame” | |
| 282 | 7:10 | hqu3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | לָ֣מָּה זֶּ֔ה אַתָּ֖ה נֹפֵ֥ל עַל־פָּנֶֽיךָ | 1 | Yahweh is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke Joshua. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Stop lying there with your face in the dirt!” | |
| 283 | 7:10 | bfax | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | נֹפֵ֥ל עַל־פָּנֶֽיךָ | 1 | See how you translated the similar expression “fell on his face to the earth” in [7:06](../07/06.md). Here, Yahweh is referring to the action that is described in that verse. | |
| 284 | 7:12 | yzi5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְלֹ֨א יֻכְל֜וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לָקוּם֙ לִפְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | Not being **able to stand before the face of their enemies** is an idiom that here means the Israelites were not able to defeat their enemy, the soldiers of Ai, in battle. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Israel were not able to fight successfully against their enemies” or “And the sons of Israel could not defeat their enemies” | |
| 285 | 7:12 | xix1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עֹ֗רֶף יִפְנוּ֙ לִפְנֵ֣י אֹֽיְבֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | See how you translated this idiom in [7:8](../07/08.md). | |
| 286 | 7:13-15 | nmas | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | הִתְקַדְּשׁ֣וּ לְמָחָ֑ר כִּ֣י כֹה֩ אָמַ֨ר יְהוָ֜ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל חֵ֤רֶם בְּקִרְבְּךָ֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֣א תוּכַ֗ל לָקוּם֙ לִפְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֶ֔יךָ עַד־הֲסִירְכֶ֥ם הַחֵ֖רֶם מִֽקִּרְבְּכֶֽם | 1 | Starting here, and continuing through the end of [7:15](../07/15.md), there is another quotation within a quotation. In this quote within a quote, Yahweh is telling Joshua exactly what to say to the people of Israel. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. | |
| 287 | 7:13 | wlx5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | הִתְקַדְּשׁ֣וּ לְמָחָ֑ר כִּ֣י כֹה֩ אָמַ֨ר יְהוָ֜ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל חֵ֤רֶם בְּקִרְבְּךָ֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֣א תוּכַ֗ל לָקוּם֙ לִפְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֶ֔יךָ עַד־הֲסִירְכֶ֥ם הַחֵ֖רֶם מִֽקִּרְבְּכֶֽם | 1 | The sentences **A banned thing is in your midst, Israel. You will not be able to stand before the face of your enemies until you remove the banned thing from your midst** are a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off this part of the verse within third-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Another option would be to present this as an indirect quotation as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Consecrate the people and tell them to consecrate themselves for tomorrow, because I, Yahweh, the God of Israel, am telling them that a banned thing is in the midst of Israel and the people will not be able to stand before the face of their enemies until they remove the banned thing from their midst” | |
| 288 | 7:13 | ysle | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | יְהוָ֜ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל | 1 | For emphasis, Yahweh is instructing Moses to refer to the Israelites in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person for **Israel**. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your God” | |
| 289 | 7:13 | cngm | לֹ֣א תוּכַ֗ל לָקוּם֙ לִפְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֶ֔יךָ עַד־הֲסִירְכֶ֥ם הַחֵ֖רֶם מִֽקִּרְבְּכֶֽם | 1 | Alternate translation: “Until you remove the banned thing from your midst you will not be able to stand before the face of your enemies” | ||
| 290 | 7:13 | j4ki | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | לֹ֣א תוּכַ֗ל לָקוּם֙ לִפְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֶ֔יךָ | 1 | See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. | |
| 291 | 7:14 | hjpk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְנִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם בַּבֹּ֖קֶר לְשִׁבְטֵיכֶ֑ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who is required to do the action, the context implies that Yahweh is requiring the people of Israel themselves to do it. Alternate translation: “And you shall come near in the morning by your tribes” | |
| 292 | 7:14 | gjw9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | וְהָיָ֡ה הַשֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֨נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה יִקְרַ֣ב לַמִּשְׁפָּח֗וֹת וְהַמִּשְׁפָּחָ֞ה אֲשֶֽׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֤נָּה יְהוָה֙ תִּקְרַ֣ב לַבָּתִּ֔ים וְהַבַּ֨יִת֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִלְכְּדֶ֣נּוּ יְהוָ֔ה יִקְרַ֖ב לַגְּבָרִֽים | 1 | For emphasis, Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “And it will happen that the tribe that I, Yahweh, takes shall come near by the clans. And the clan that I, Yahweh, takes shall come near by the houses. And the house that I, Yahweh, takes shall come near by the men” | |
| 293 | 7:15 | iufl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | וְהָיָה֙ הַנִּלְכָּ֣ד בַּחֵ֔רֶם יִשָּׂרֵ֣ף בָּאֵ֔שׁ אֹת֖וֹ וְאֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־ל֑וֹ כִּ֤י עָבַר֙ אֶת־בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה וְכִֽי־עָשָׂ֥ה נְבָלָ֖ה בְּיִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that the reason for the command is placed before the result. Alternate translation: “Because he has crossed over the covenant of Yahweh, and because he has done a disgraceful thing in Israel, the one who is caught with the banned thing shall be burned with the fire” | |
| 294 | 7:15 | d5nb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | הַנִּלְכָּ֣ד בַּחֵ֔רֶם יִשָּׂרֵ֣ף בָּאֵ֔שׁ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the previous verse indicates that Yahweh is the one who will catch (indicate to the Israelites) the person who took the banned things and the context implies that the Israelites are the ones who are supposed burn the one who took the banned things. Alternate translation: “the one who Yahweh catches with the banned thing you shall burn with fire” | |
| 295 | 7:15 | fdmx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | אֶת־בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה | 1 | For emphasis, Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “the covenant of I, Yahweh” or “my covenant” | |
| 296 | 7:16 | g7qp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיִּלָּכֵ֖ד שֵׁ֥בֶט יְהוּדָֽה | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, [7:14](../07/14.md) indicates that Yahweh is the one who would catch (indicate to the Israelites) the person who took the banned things. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh caught the tribe of Judah” or “And Yahweh selected the tribe of Judah” | |
| 297 | 7:17 | z419 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וַיִּלְכֹּ֕ד אֵ֖ת מִשְׁפַּ֣חַת הַזַּרְחִ֑י וַיַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַזַּרְחִי֙ | 1 | The term **Zerahite** refers to descendants of the man man named Zerah. Zerah was the great-grandfather of Achan. Zerah was mentioned in [7:1](../07/01.md). Translate the term **Zerahite** accordingly. Alternate translation: “and the clan of the Zerahites was caught. And he brought near the clan of the Zerahites” or “and the clan that descended from Zera was caught. And he brought near the clan that descended from Zera”” | |
| 298 | 7:17 | ha7i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | זַבְדִּֽי | 1 | **Zabdi** is the name of a man. **Zabdi** was the grandfather of Achan. Translate the name **Zabdi** as you did in [7:1](../07/01.md). | |
| 299 | 7:17 | aygr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיִּלָּכֵ֖ד זַבְדִּֽי | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, [7:14](../07/14.md) indicates that Yahweh is the one who would catch (indicate to the Israelites) the person who took the banned things. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh caught Zabdi” | |
| 300 | 7:18 | q8ct | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיִּלָּכֵ֗ד עָכָ֞ן בֶּן־כַּרְמִ֧י בֶן־זַבְדִּ֛י בֶּן־זֶ֖רַח לְמַטֵּ֥ה יְהוּדָֽה | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, [7:14](../07/14.md) indicates that Yahweh is the one who would catch (indicate to the Israelites) the person who took the banned things. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh caught Achan the son of Karmi, the son of Zabdi, the son of Zerah, from the tribe of Judah” | |
| 301 | 7:18 | u41u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עָכָ֞ן & כַּרְמִ֧י & זַבְדִּ֛י & זֶ֖רַח | 1 | These are the names of men. Translate them as you did in [7:1](../07/01.md). | |
| 302 | 7:19 | sefx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness | בְּנִי֙ | 1 | Achan was not Joshua’s son. Joshua is addressing Achan using a polite form of address that someone of a higher status would use when addressing someone of a lower status in that culture. Use a form for addressing someone politely in your language that would be appropriate in this context. | |
| 303 | 7:19 | n2jp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | שִֽׂים־נָ֣א כָב֗וֹד לַֽיהוָ֛ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | The phrase **give glory to Yahweh the God of Israel** means “tell the truth before Yahweh the God of Israel” or “give glory to Yahweh the God of Israel by telling the truth.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “now tell the truth before Yahweh the God of Israel” or “now give glory to Yahweh the God of Israel by telling the truth” | |
| 304 | 7:19 | k521 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | בְּנִי֙ שִֽׂים־נָ֣א כָב֗וֹד לַֽיהוָ֛ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל וְתֶן־ל֣וֹ תוֹדָ֑ה | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **confession, you can express the same ideas with verbal forms or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My son, glorify Yahweh the God of Israel and confess to him” | |
| 305 | 7:19 | rp1t | וְתֶן־ל֣וֹ תוֹדָ֑ה | 1 | Here, the word the ULT translates as **confession** could mean: (1) **confession** as modeled by the ULT. (2) could mean “thanks.” Alternate translation: “and give thanks to him” | ||
| 306 | 7:20 | irxg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְכָזֹ֥את וְכָזֹ֖את עָשִֽׂיתִי | 1 | The phrase **And like this and like this** is an idiom that signals that what Achan says next is his confession of wrong doing. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And this is what I have done” | |
| 307 | 7:21 | b9nn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney | וּמָאתַ֧יִם שְׁקָלִ֣ים כֶּ֗סֶף וּלְשׁ֨וֹן זָהָ֤ב אֶחָד֙ חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים שְׁקָלִים֙ מִשְׁקָל֔וֹ | 1 | At that time, a shekel was a measure of weight. If it would help your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “and about 5 pounds of silver and one tongue-shaped piece of gold (its weight a little over a pound)” or “and 200 pieces of silver weighing over two kilograms and a tongue shaped piece of gold (about half a kilogram was its weight)” | |
| 308 | 7:21 | jwg7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנָּ֨ם | 1 | See how you translated the word **behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 309 | 7:21 | xw3j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְהִנָּ֨ם טְמוּנִ֥ים בָּאָ֛רֶץ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context indicates that “Achan” did it. Alternate translation: “And behold, I hid them in the earth” | |
| 310 | 7:22 | nz5m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנֵּ֧ה טְמוּנָ֛ה בְּאָהֳל֖וֹ | 1 | The word **behold** emphasizes the events that the author puts next in this verse. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “And there it was! It was hidden in his tent” | |
| 311 | 7:22 | u927 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְהִנֵּ֧ה טְמוּנָ֛ה בְּאָהֳל֖וֹ וְהַכֶּ֥סֶף תַּחְתֶּֽיהָ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And behold, the messengers found everything that Achan had hidden under his tent” | |
| 312 | 7:23 | s59g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה | 1 | Here, the phrase **before the face of Yahweh** means “before the tent of meeting.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before the tent of meeting” | |
| 313 | 7:24 | ooc0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | זֶ֡רַח | 1 | See how you translated the name **Zerah** in [7:1](../07/01.md). | |
| 314 | 7:24 | ta3l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate | עֵ֥מֶק עָכֽוֹר | 1 | You could translate the Hebrew word the ULT translates as **Trouble**: (1) by translating its meaning. It means “disturbance” or “trouble.” Alternate translation: “to the Valley of Disturbance” (2) by spelling out in your language the way the word sounds in Hebrew. If you do this you should explain its meaning in a footnote or in some other way. | |
| 315 | 7:25 | vd6n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔נוּ | 1 | Joshua is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke Achan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have greatly troubled us!” | |
| 316 | 7:25 | i3rq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events | וַיִּרְגְּמ֨וּ אֹת֤וֹ כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֶ֔בֶן וַיִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָם֙ בָּאֵ֔שׁ וַיִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖ם בָּאֲבָנִֽים | 1 | The Israelites **stoned** Achan and his family to death and then **burned them**. It might be helpful to reorder the last sentence so that it is clear that Achan and his family were **burned** after they were **stoned**. Alternate translation: “And all Israel stoned Achan and his family with the stones and then they burned them with fire” | |
| 317 | 7:25 | ftq1 | וַיִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖ם בָּאֲבָנִֽים | 1 | Alternate translation: “and they stoned Achan and his famiily with the stones” | ||
| 318 | 7:26 | hfq5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֚ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה…עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 319 | 7:26 | enq0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | עַ֚ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה | 1 | The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “that remains until this day” | |
| 320 | 7:26 | zcp9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵחֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑וֹ | 1 | See how you translated the idiom “the nose of Yahweh burned” in [7:1](../07/01.md). Here, the phrase **turned from** means “stopped” or“relented”. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” | |
| 321 | 7:26 | jg1j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | קָרָ֞א שֵׁ֣ם הַמָּק֤וֹם הַהוּא֙ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that “people” did it. | |
| 322 | 7:26 | wdse | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate | עֵ֣מֶק עָכ֔וֹר | 1 | See how you translated the name **the Valley of Trouble** in [7:24](../07/24.md). | |
| 323 | 8:intro | f3jc | 0 | # Joshua 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Sin brought defeat\n\nIt was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])\n\n### Built an altar\n\nAltars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua. | |||
| 324 | 8:1 | l4p8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְאַל־תֵּחָ֔ת | 1 | The phrases **Do not be terrified** and **do not be dismayed** mean similar things. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that Joshua and the Israelite soldiers must not be afraid. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you are not terrified” or “There is absolutely no reason for you to be terrified” | |
| 325 | 8:1 | aiwf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative | רְאֵ֣ה | 1 | Here, the word **See** is an imperative. Yahweh is using the term **See** to emphasize what he says in this verse. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. | |
| 326 | 8:1 | den6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | נָתַ֣תִּי בְיָדְךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָעַי֙ וְאֶת־עַמּ֔וֹ וְאֶת־עִיר֖וֹ וְאֶת־אַרְצֽוֹ | 1 | Giving the people of **Ai** into Israel’s **hand** represents giving Israel victory and control over them. See how you translated this idiom in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of the Ai and his people, and possession of his city and his land” | |
| 327 | 8:1 | t7bq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture | נָתַ֣תִּי | 1 | Yahweh is using the past tense in order to refer to something that he will do in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will give” or “I will certainly give” | |
| 328 | 8:2 | h3r6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions | וְעָשִׂ֨יתָ לָעַ֜י וּלְמַלְכָּ֗הּ כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשִׂ֤יתָ לִֽירִיחוֹ֙ וּלְמַלְכָּ֔הּ רַק־שְׁלָלָ֥הּ וּבְהֶמְתָּ֖הּ תָּבֹ֣זּוּ לָכֶ֑ם | 1 | If it would appear in your language that Yahweh was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reverse the order of the clauses so that the exception is stated first, and then the thing that God required the Israelites to do to both the people of Ai and Jericho is stated second. Alternate translation: “And you shall plunder the spoil of Ai and its livestock for yourselves and then you shall destroy the city and kill all its people and as you did to Jericho and its people” | |
| 329 | 8:3 | e1c3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish | וַיִּבְחַ֣ר יְ֠הוֹשֻׁעַ שְׁלֹשִׁ֨ים אֶ֤לֶף אִישׁ֙ גִּבּוֹרֵ֣י הַחַ֔יִל | 1 | The phrase **mighty men of valor** gives us further information about the **30,000 men**. It is not making a distinction between them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “And Joshua chose 30, 000 men who were mighty men of valor” | |
| 330 | 8:3 | k4uk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | גִּבּוֹרֵ֣י הַחַ֔יִל | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **mighty men of valor** in [1:14](../01/14.md). | |
| 331 | 8:4 | f2p3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative | רְ֠אוּ | 1 | Here, the word **See** is an imperative. Joshua is using the term **See** to indicate that what he is going to say next is important and that the Israelite soldiers should listen carefully to his instructions. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” | |
| 332 | 8:5 | vacn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | נִקְרַ֖ב אֶל־הָעִ֑יר | 1 | Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “we will go near to the city” | |
| 333 | 8:5 | a6e7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּרִֽאשֹׁנָ֔ה | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use an equivalent expression to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “just as they did before” | |
| 334 | 8:5 | zlt5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | בָּרִֽאשֹׁנָ֔ה | 1 | The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “at the first time” or “the first time” | |
| 335 | 8:6 | oogc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וְיָצְא֣וּ אַחֲרֵ֗ינוּ | 1 | Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “And they will go out after us” | |
| 336 | 8:6 | itei | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ נָסִ֣ים לְפָנֵ֔ינוּ כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר בָּרִֽאשֹׁנָ֑ה | 1 | If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For they will think we are fleeing before their face just as we did at the first” or “For they will say to each other that we are fleeing before their face just as we did at the first” | |
| 337 | 8:6 | d5tf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר בָּרִֽאשֹׁנָ֑ה | 1 | See how you translated the ordinal number **first** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “just as they did before” | |
| 338 | 8:6 | kov9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | בָּרִֽאשֹׁנָ֑ה | 1 | The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “at the first time” or “the first time” | |
| 339 | 8:7 | fw9x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וּנְתָנָ֛הּ & בְּיֶדְכֶֽם | 1 | See how you translated the idiom “I have given…into your hand” in [6:2](../06/02.md). | |
| 340 | 8:8 | aj5t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | כִּדְבַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה | 1 | Joshua is describing what **Yahweh** said by association with **word**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “according to what Yahweh has said” | |
| 341 | 8:8 | qds9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative | רְא֖וּ צִוִּ֥יתִי אֶתְכֶֽם | 1 | Here, the word **See** is an imperative. Joshua is using the term **See** to emphasize the importance of obeying Yahweh’s commands that he has just given them. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I have commanded you” | |
| 342 | 8:9 | yt5n | וַיִּשְׁלָחֵ֣ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ | 1 | This phrase refers to Joshua sending the thirty thousand men who had been selected to ambush Ai to where they would set the ambush. | ||
| 343 | 8:9 | i3lf | הַמַּאְרָ֔ב | 1 | Alternate translation: “where they would hide until it was time to attack” | ||
| 344 | 8:10 | gnnz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | וַיַּ֨עַל ה֜וּא וְזִקְנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל | 1 | The expression **went up** indicates that Joshua **and the elders of Israel** moved upward in elevation. If it is unnatural in your language to indicate elevation when expressing movement you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “And he and the elders of Israel went” | |
| 345 | 8:11 | brnr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | הָעָ֨ם הַמִּלְחָמָ֜ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתּ֗וֹ עָלוּ֙ | 1 | The expression **went up** indicates that **the people of war** moved upward in elevation. If it is unnatural in your language to indicate elevation when expressing movement you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the people of war who were with him went” | |
| 346 | 8:12-13 | x0cl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/ writing-endofstory | וַיִּקַּ֕ח כַּחֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ וַיָּ֨שֶׂם אוֹתָ֜ם אֹרֵ֗ב בֵּ֧ין בֵּֽית־אֵ֛ל\nוּבֵ֥ין הָעַ֖י מִיָּ֥ם לָעִֽיר…וַיָּשִׂ֨ימוּ הָעָ֜ם אֶת־כָּל־הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֗ה אֲשֶׁר֙ מִצְּפ֣וֹן לָעִ֔יר וְאֶת־עֲקֵב֖וֹ מִיָּ֣ם לָעִ֑יר | 1 | The first sentence in verse 13 is a summary statement for 8:1-12. The first sentence in verse 13 repeats some information from verse 12. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a summary statement at the end of a section of a story. If repeating the same information would confuse your readers you could combine the information. Alternate translation: “And he took about 5,000 men. And he set them in ambush between Bethel and the Ai, from west of the city. Joshua and the elders set the other soldiers to the north of the city” | |
| 347 | 8:13 | j7b9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הָעָ֜ם | 1 | Here, the phrase **the people** refers to Joshua and the elders of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. | |
| 348 | 8:13 | s1lu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אֶת־כָּל־הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֗ה | 1 | The phrase **all the camp** refers to the largest group of Israelite men, those not in the group of approximately 5,000 men in ambush mentioned in the previous verse. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. | |
| 349 | 8:13 | nq1b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | עֲקֵב֖וֹ | 1 | The phrase **rear guard** refers to the group of approximately 5,000 Israelite men in ambush mentioned in the previous verse. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the other approximately 5,000 men” | |
| 350 | 8:14 | ye1u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וְכָל־עַמּ֛וֹ | 1 | Here, the phrase **his people** means “his soldiers.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and all his soldiers” | |
| 351 | 8:16 | k8ff | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | כָּל־הָעָם֙ | 1 | Here, the phrase **the people** refers to the men who were able to fight. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. | |
| 352 | 8:16 | lcb5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיִּזָּעֲק֗וּ כָּל־הָעָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בעיר | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the king summoned all the people who were in the city” | |
| 353 | 8:17 | zip6 | וְלֹֽא־נִשְׁאַ֣ר אִ֗ישׁ בָּעַי֙ וּבֵ֣ית אֵ֔ל\nאֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־יָצְא֖וּ אַחֲרֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | The phrase **there was not a man left in Ai or Bethel who had not pursued after Israel** means that all the men who were able to fight left these two towns to pursue the Israelite army. Old men and those unable to fight because of some physical disability probably did not leave these towns. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And there was not a man of fighting age left in the Ai or Bethel who had not pursued after Israel” or “And there was not a fighting man left in the Ai or Bethel who had not pursued after Israel” | ||
| 354 | 8:17 | kijl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | וְלֹֽא־נִשְׁאַ֣ר אִ֗ישׁ בָּעַי֙ וּבֵ֣ית אֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־יָצְא֖וּ אַחֲרֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this sentence as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “And every man in the Ai and Bethel pursued after Israel” | |
| 355 | 8:18 | xe2m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | בְיָדְךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶ֑נָּה | 1 | See how you translated this idiom in [6:2](../06/02.md). | |
| 356 | 8:18 | b6l6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | נְ֠טֵה בַּכִּיד֤וֹן אֲשֶׁר־בְּיָֽדְךָ֙ אֶל־הָעַ֔י כִּ֥י בְיָדְךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶ֑נָּה וַיֵּ֧ט יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ בַּכִּיד֥וֹן אֲשֶׁר־בְּיָד֖וֹ אֶל־הָעִֽיר | 1 | This action was a literal sign to Joshua’s soldiers to attack Ai, as the next verse indicates. It was probably also a symbolic expression that Ai was to be destroyed. You should retain this action in your translation. If it would be helpful to your readers you could indicate its meaning in footnote. | |
| 357 | 8:19 | cyya | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | וְהָאוֹרֵ֡ב קָם֩ מְהֵרָ֨ה מִמְּקוֹמ֤וֹ וַיָּר֨וּצוּ֙ | 1 | The word **ambush** is a singular noun that refers to something done by a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “And the Israelite soldiers who were hiding themselves rose from their place and they ran” | |
| 358 | 8:20 | lcmy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנֵּ֨ה | 1 | See how you translated the word **Behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 359 | 8:20 | vvzs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְלֹא־הָיָ֨ה בָהֶ֥ם יָדַ֛יִם לָנ֖וּס הֵ֣נָּה וָהֵ֑נָּה | 1 | The phrase **it was not in their hands to flee** is an idiom that could mean: (1) the men of Ai “could not flee ” (because they were surrounded by the Israelite soldiers) Alternate translation: “And they could not flee here or there because they were surrounded” (2) the men of Ai “did not have the courage to flee” Alternate translation: “And they did not have the courage to flee here or there” | |
| 360 | 8:20 | d2dq | הֵ֣נָּה וָהֵ֑נָּה | 1 | Alternate translation: “in either direction” | ||
| 361 | 8:21 | n2cd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | וִיהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ וְכָֽל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל רָא֗וּ כִּֽי־לָכַ֤ד הָֽאֹרֵב֙ אֶת־הָעִ֔יר | 1 | The word **ambush** is a singular noun that refers to something done by a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “And Joshua and all Israel saw that the men who had been lying in ambush had captured the city” | |
| 362 | 8:22 | mxej | וְאֵ֨לֶּה יָצְא֤וּ מִן־הָעִיר֙ לִקְרָאתָ֔ם וַיִּֽהְי֤וּ לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בַּתָּ֔וֶךְ | 1 | Alternate translation: “And the other Israelite soldiers came out from the city to meet them. And the men of Ai were in the midst of the Israelite soldiers” | ||
| 363 | 8:22 | dlr1 | אֵ֥לֶּה מִזֶּ֖ה וְאֵ֣לֶּה מִזֶּ֑ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “some on this side and some on that side” or “some Israelite soldiers on one side of them and some Israelite soldiers on the other side of them” | ||
| 364 | 8:24 | dura | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish | בַּשָּׂדֶ֗ה בַּמִּדְבָּר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר רְדָפ֣וּם בּ֔וֹ | 1 | The phrase **in the wilderness** could: (1) be giving us further information about where **the field** was located and not be making a distinction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “in the field which was in the wilderness in which they pursued them” or “in the fields which were in the wilderness in which they pursued them” (2) be listing an additional location where the Israelite army killed the men of Ai. Alternate translation: “in the field and in the wilderness in which they pursued them” | |
| 365 | 8:24 | xg2z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | וַֽיִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛ם לְפִי־חֶ֖רֶב עַד־תֻּמָּ֑ם וַיָּשֻׁ֤בוּ כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ הָעַ֔י וַיַּכּ֥וּ אֹתָ֖הּ לְפִי־חָֽרֶב | 1 | See how you translated the phrase “to the mouth of the sword” in [6:21](../06/21.md). Alternate translation: “once they had killed every one of those soldiers and none were left, then Israel returned to Ai and killed everyone who was there” | |
| 366 | 8:24 | uhnh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַֽיִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛ם לְפִי־חֶ֖רֶב | 1 | The author is describing dying in battle by association with the word the word **fallen**, since soldiers who die in battle fall to the ground and die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and all of them had been killed to the mouth of the sword” or “and all of them had perished to the mouth of the sword” | |
| 367 | 8:25 | d2ud | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַנֹּ֨פְלִ֜ים בַּיּ֤וֹם הַהוּא֙ | 1 | The author is describing dying in battle by association with the word the word **fell**, since soldiers who die in battle fall to the ground and die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the ones who were killed on that day” | |
| 368 | 8:25 | s6hq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish | שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר אָ֑לֶף כֹּ֖ל אַנְשֵׁ֥י הָעָֽי | 1 | The author is leaving out some of the words that the phrase **all the men of Ai** would need in many languages to be complete and show its connection to the phrase **were 12,000**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “were 12,000, including all the men of the Ai” | |
| 369 | 8:26 | gcgu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | וִיהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ לֹֽא־הֵשִׁ֣יב יָד֔וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָטָ֖ה בַּכִּיד֑וֹן | 1 | Here the king uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “And Joshua continued holding out his hand which he had stretched out with the curved sword” | |
| 370 | 8:26 | vffb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | יָד֔וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָטָ֖ה בַּכִּיד֑וֹן | 1 | See how you translated the similar expression in [8:18](../08/18.md). | |
| 371 | 8:27 | jyr5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | רַ֣ק הַבְּהֵמָ֗ה וּשְׁלַל֙ הָעִ֣יר הַהִ֔יא בָּזְז֥וּ לָהֶ֖ם יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | Here, the word **only** is introducing a contrast. What follows the word **only** is in contrast to what the Israelites did to the inhabitants of Ai in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But Israel plundered for themselves the livestock and the spoil of that city” | |
| 372 | 8:27 | agn1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | כִּדְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [8:08](../08/08.md). | |
| 373 | 8:28 | unrb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 374 | 8:29 | wd9u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 375 | 8:29 | yq50 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “that remains until this day” | |
| 376 | 8:30 | isui | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential | אָ֣ז | 1 | The word **Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After that” or “After raising a great pile of stones over the corpse of the King of Ai” | |
| 377 | 8:31 | td7f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the sons of Israel** in [1:2](../01/02.md). | |
| 378 | 8:32 | ihwd | אֲשֶׁ֣ר כָּתַ֔ב לִפְנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | Alternate translation: “which he wrote in the presence of the sons of Israel” | ||
| 379 | 8:32 | cool | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | כָּתַ֔ב | 1 | Here, the word **he** could refer to: (1) Moses. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (2) Joshua. Alternate translation: “Joshua wrote” | |
| 380 | 8:32 | a0rv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the sons of Israel** in [1:2](../01/02.md). | |
| 381 | 8:33 | odgx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish | הַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים הַלְוִיִּ֜ם | 1 | The phrase **the Levites** gives us further information about **the priests**. It is not making a distinction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer as modeled by the UST. | |
| 382 | 8:34 | vf71 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | הַכָּת֖וּב | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context indicates that “Moses” did it. Alternate translation: “that Moses wrote” | |
| 383 | 8:35 | ym6u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִכֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ | 1 | This is a double negative which uses the negative particle **not** twice. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word that Moses had commanded” | |
| 384 | 8:35 | ozlo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish | כָּל־קְהַ֤ל יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְהַנָּשִׁ֣ים וְהַטַּ֔ף וְהַגֵּ֖ר הַהֹלֵ֥ךְ בְּקִרְבָּֽם | 1 | The phrases **the women**, **the children**, and **the sojourners who are going in the midst of them** give us further information about **all the assembly of Israel** that was gathered there. It is not making a distinction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “all the assembly of Israel, which included the women, the children, and the sojourners who are going in the midst of them” | |
| 385 | 9:intro | w1cx | 0 | # Joshua 9 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Israel’s mistake\n\nIsrael was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Important Translation Issues\n\n### The Hivites\n\nIn [3:10](../03/10.md) the Israelites are given a list of the nations that they are told to “dispossess” from the land. This list includes the Hivites. In [9:1-2](../09/01.md) the author of Joshua records that when the kings on the west side of the Jordan River heard what the Israelites had done to Ai that they made an agreement to fight against the Israelites. The list in [9:2](../09/02.md) of kings that agreed to fight against the Israelites includes “the Hivite.” The author records in [9:3-4](../09/03.md) that when “those who dwelled in Gibeon heard what Joshua had done to Jericho and to the Ai … they … acted with cunning.” The author then records in [9:7](../09/07.md) that those who dwelled in Gibeon were “Hivite.” The Hivite nation consisted of multiple people groups of whom the Gibeonites were just one. This is why the author could say in [9:1-2](../09/01.md) that among the kings who gathered to fight the Israelites were Hivites and also say that the Gibeonites were Hivites. | |||
| 386 | 9:2 | uj94 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד | 1 | The phrase **as one mouth** is an idiom meaning “with one accord” or “unanimously.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with one accord” or “unanimously” | |
| 387 | 9:3 | aktq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וְיֹשְׁבֵ֨י | 1 | What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what the kings in the previous verse did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast as modeled by the UST. | |
| 388 | 9:4 | r5yb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | גַם־הֵ֨מָּה֙ | 1 | The author uses the phrase **even they**, to emphasize that the way the Gibeonites acted toward the Israelites was in different from the way the other kings acted toward the Israelites. If repeating the word **they** would be an un-natural way to emphasize this difference in behavior, use a natural way in your language to indicate this contrast as modeled by the UST. | |
| 389 | 9:4 | uh11 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | וְנֹאד֥וֹת יַ֨יִן֙ בָּלִ֔ים וּמְבֻקָּעִ֖ים וּמְצֹרָרִֽים | 1 | The word translated as **skins** refers to bags made out of animal skins that were used for holding wine or other fluids. If your readers would not be familiar with **skins of wine**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and worn-out and torn and mended leather bags for holding wine” | |
| 390 | 9:5 | q9v6 | נִקֻּדִֽים | 1 | The word the ULT translates as **crumbs** could mean (1) **crumbs** as modeled by the ULT. (2) moldy. Alternate translation: “moldy” | ||
| 391 | 9:6 | rz8e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל | 1 | The word **man** is a singular noun that here refers to a group of people. This phrase means “the men of Israel” and is probably specifically referring to the leaders of Israel. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the men of Israel” | |
| 392 | 9:6 | mo5f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | כִּרְתוּ־לָ֥נוּ בְרִֽית | 1 | The phrase **cut a covenant for us** means “make a covenant with us.” The phrase **cut a covenant** originated from the fact that animals were sometimes cut up to be eaten and sacrificed in the covenant making process. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “make a covenant with us” | |
| 393 | 9:7 | m0h0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | אִֽישׁ־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | The word **man** is used in this verse with the same meaning as in the previous verse. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “the men of Israel” | |
| 394 | 9:7 | ojg7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | הַחִוִּ֑י | 1 | The word **Hivite** is a singular noun that here refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Hivites” | |
| 395 | 9:7 | w599 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אֶל־הַחִוִּ֑י | 1 | The Hivite nation consisted of multiple people groups of whom the Gibeonites were just one. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See the chapter introduction for more information. Alternate translation: “to the Gibeonites who were Hivite” | |
| 396 | 9:7 | t1r4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | אוּלַ֗י בְּקִרְבִּי֙ אַתָּ֣ה יוֹשֵׁ֔ב וְאֵ֖יךְ אֶֽכְרָת־לְךָ֥ בְרִֽית | 1 | The men of Israel are not asking for information, but are using the question form to emphasize that they do not know where these men actually live and that they must follow the command of Yahweh and not make **a covenant** with them if they live in an area that is near. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Perhaps you are dwelling among us. Then we certainly cannot cut a covenant for you!” or “We do not know if you dwell among us or not so we certainly cannot disobey Yahweh by cutting a covenant for you” | |
| 397 | 9:7 | kr1s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אֶֽכְרָת־לְךָ֥ בְרִֽית | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **cut a covenant** in the previous verse. | |
| 398 | 9:8 | ki9n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo | עֲבָדֶ֣יךָ אֲנָ֑חְנוּ | 1 | The expression **We are your servants** could be either a polite way of addressing Joshua or it could mean that if Joshua and the Israelites made a covenant with them that they would agree to let Joshua be their ruler and subordinate themselves to the nation of Israel. Since the author does not explicitly state the meaning, and the context does not clearly indicate which meaning is intended, it is best not to explain the meaning of this phrase in your translation. | |
| 399 | 9:8 | t8q2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וּמֵאַ֥יִן תָּבֹֽאוּ | 1 | Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “And where did you go from” | |
| 400 | 9:9 | mrhs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | מֵאֶ֨רֶץ רְחוֹקָ֤ה מְאֹד֙ בָּ֣אוּ עֲבָדֶ֔יךָ לְשֵׁ֖ם יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of the name of Yahweh your God your servants have come from a very distant land” | |
| 401 | 9:9 | kvs5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | עֲבָדֶ֔יךָ | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **your servants** in the previous verse where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 402 | 9:9 | kf7l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | בָּ֣אוּ עֲבָדֶ֔יךָ | 1 | Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Your servants have went” | |
| 403 | 9:9 | yve3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | לְשֵׁ֖ם יְהוָ֣ה | 1 | Here, Yahweh’s **name** represents his reputation as it did in the phrase “your great name” in [7:9](../07/09.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “for the reputation of Yahweh”\n | |
| 404 | 9:10 | kam4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לְסִיחוֹן֙…וּלְע֥וֹג | 1 | See how you translated the names **Sihon** and **Og** in [2:10](../02/10.md). | |
| 405 | 9:10 | s17h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן | 1 | **Heshbon** is the name of a city. If you have translated the book of Numbers already see how you translated this name in [Numbers 21:25](../21/25.md). | |
| 406 | 9:10 | p9ed | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּעַשְׁתָּרֽוֹת | 1 | **Ashtaroth** is the name of the capital city of **Bashan**. If you have translated the book of Deuteronomy already see how you translated this name in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). | |
| 407 | 9:11 | xd47 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | לֵאמֹ֗ר קְח֨וּ בְיֶדְכֶ֤ם צֵידָה֙ לַדֶּ֔רֶךְ וּלְכ֖וּ לִקְרָאתָ֑ם וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם אֲלֵיהֶם֙ | 1 | If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and told us to take provisions in our hand for the road and to go to meet you and say to you” | |
| 408 | 9:11 | i2n7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | קְח֨וּ בְיֶדְכֶ֤ם צֵידָה֙ לַדֶּ֔רֶךְ וּלְכ֖וּ לִקְרָאתָ֑ם וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם אֲלֵיהֶם֙ עַבְדֵיכֶ֣ם אֲנַ֔חְנוּ וְעַתָּ֖ה כִּרְתוּ־לָ֥נוּ בְרִֽית | 1 | If your language would not use a third level direct quotation (a direct quotation that is inside of a direct quotation that is inside of a direct quotation), you could translate the third direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Take provisions in your hand for the road and go to meet them. And you shall tell them that you are their servants and ask them to cut a covenant for us” | |
| 409 | 9:11 | hq3m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | בְיֶדְכֶ֤ם | 1 | The men from Gibeon are using one part of a person, the **hand**, to represent all of a person in the act of bringing something with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with you” | |
| 410 | 9:11 | z823 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | לַדֶּ֔רֶךְ | 1 | The people of Gibeon are speaking of the men’s journey by association with **the road** which they would walk on, on their journey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the journey” | |
| 411 | 9:14 | c4ao | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיִּקְח֥וּ הָֽאֲנָשִׁ֖ים מִצֵּידָ֑ם | 1 | The phrase **the men took from their provisions** could mean: (1) that the Israelite men examined the provisions of the Gibeonites to see if they were old. Alternate translation: “And the men examined their provisions” (2) that the Israelite men tasted the provisions of the Gibeonites to see if they were old. Alternate translation: “And the men tasted their provisions” or “And the men sampled their provisions” | |
| 412 | 9:14 | o4z2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה | 1 | The author is describing the advice Yahweh would give by association with the word **mouth**, which is associated with speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the advice of Yahweh” or “the counsel of Yahweh” \n\nThe phrase **the mouth of Yahweh** is an idiom meaning “the advice of Yahweh.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the advice of Yahweh” or “the counsel of Yahweh” \n\n | |
| 413 | 9:11 | h9nz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | כִּרְתוּ־לָ֥נוּ בְרִֽית | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **cut a covenant for us** in [9:6](../09/06.md). | |
| 414 | 9:12 | otie | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | צֵאתֵ֖נוּ לָלֶ֣כֶת אֲלֵיכֶ֑ם | 1 | In contexts such as this, your language may say “coming” and “go” rather than **going** and **come**. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “our coming out to go to you” | |
| 415 | 9:12 | bwk2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנֵּ֣ה | 1 | The men of Gibeon are using the term **behold** to focus attention on what they are about to say about their bread. See how you translated the word **behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 416 | 9:12 | apm6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | נִקֻּדִֽים | 1 | See how you translated the word **crumbs** in [9:6](../09/06.md). | |
| 417 | 9:13 | tjtj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | נֹאד֤וֹת הַיַּ֨יִן֙ | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **skins of wine** in [9:4](../09/04.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 418 | 9:13 | yyy2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנֵּ֖ה | 1 | The Gibeonite men are using the word **behold** to draw attention to what they say in the rest of this verse. See how you translated this word in the previous verse where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 419 | 9:13 | np0h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the road** in [9:11](../09/11.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 420 | 9:15 | v90y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | וַיַּ֨עַשׂ לָהֶ֤ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ שָׁל֔וֹם | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea with an adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Joshua agreed that the Israelites would have a peaceful relationship with the Gibeonites” or “And Joshua agreed that the Israelite people would have a peaceful relationship with the Gibeonite people” | |
| 421 | 9:15 | ww7q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיִּכְרֹ֥ת…בְּרִ֖ית | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **cut a covenant** in [9:6](../09/06.md). | |
| 422 | 9:16 | jsm4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | כָּרְת֥וּ לָהֶ֖ם בְּרִ֑ית | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **cut a covenant for them** in the previous verse. | |
| 423 | 9:16 | hvn0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֗וּ כִּי־קְרֹבִ֥ים הֵם֙ אֵלָ֔יו וּבְקִרְבּ֖וֹ הֵ֥ם יֹשְׁבִֽים | 1 | The phrase **they were near to them** and the phrase **they were dwelling among them** mean basically the same thing. The author says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that the Gibeonites lived close to the Israelites. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one and show the emphasis in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that they heard that they really lived close to them!” | |
| 424 | 9:17 | s1u5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֑י | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “after traveling for three days” | |
| 425 | 9:17 | q18q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהַכְּפִירָ֔ה וּבְאֵר֖וֹת וְקִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים | 1 | **Kephirah** and **Beeroth** and **Kiriath Jearim** are the names of cities. The name **Beeroth** means “” and the name **Kiriath Jearim** means “city of forests.” | |
| 426 | 9:18 | c632 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | וְלֹ֤א הִכּוּם֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּֽי־נִשְׁבְּע֤וּ לָהֶם֙ נְשִׂיאֵ֣י הָֽעֵדָ֔ה בַּֽיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “And because the leaders of the congregation had sworn to them by Yahweh the God of Israel, the sons of Israel did not strike them down” | |
| 427 | 9:19 | vrwa | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ | 1 | The **leaders** use the word **ourselves** to emphasize that they had sworn not to kill the Gibeonites. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. | |
| 428 | 9:19 | z1k2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | לֹ֥א נוּכַ֖ל לִנְגֹּ֥עַ בָּהֶֽם | 1 | Here, the **leaders** use the phrase **touch them**, to mean “kill them.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we are not able to kill them” | |
| 429 | 9:20 | ak2u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | וְלֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֤ה עָלֵ֨ינוּ֙ קֶ֔צֶף | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea with an adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will not be angry with us” | |
| 430 | 9:21 | irye | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | וַיֹּאמְר֧וּ אֲלֵיהֶ֛ם הַנְּשִׂיאִ֖ים | 1 | It might seem that the phrase **And the leaders said to them** contains redundant information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could leave this phrase untranslated and continue the quotation of the leaders words in the previous verse with the words **Let them live** in this verse, as modeled by the UST. | |
| 431 | 9:21 | wg7n | וַיֹּאמְר֧וּ אֲלֵיהֶ֛ם הַנְּשִׂיאִ֖ים יִֽחְי֑וּ וַ֠יִּֽהְיוּ חֹטְבֵ֨י עֵצִ֤ים וְשֹֽׁאֲבֵי־מַ֨יִם֙ לְכָל־הָ֣עֵדָ֔ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבְּר֥וּ לָהֶ֖ם הַנְּשִׂיאִֽים | 1 | The words the ULT translates as **So they became cutters of trees and drawers of water for all the congregation** could be: (1) The comments of the author of Joshua. This is the interpretation modeled by the ULT and UST. (2) A continuation of the quotation of the leaders words **Let them live**. Alternate translation: “And the leaders said to them, “Let them live, but let them be cutters of trees and drawers of water for all the congregation.” So the leaders kept their oath to them” | ||
| 432 | 9:22 | k125 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | לָמָּה֩ רִמִּיתֶ֨ם אֹתָ֜נוּ לֵאמֹ֗ר | 1 | The author is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Gibeonites for deceiving the Israelites. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not have deceived us by saying” | |
| 433 | 9:22 | ylp8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | לָמָּה֩ רִמִּיתֶ֨ם אֹתָ֜נוּ לֵאמֹ֗ר רְחוֹקִ֨ים אֲנַ֤חְנוּ מִכֶּם֙ מְאֹ֔ד וְאַתֶּ֖ם בְּקִרְבֵּ֥נוּ יֹשְׁבִֽים | 1 | If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Why did you deceive us by telling us that you live very far from us when in fact, you are dwelling among us” or “Why did you deceive us by telling us that you live very far from us when you are actually dwelling among us” | |
| 434 | 9:23 | b8vf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | אֲרוּרִ֣ים אַתֶּ֑ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. If you must state who did the action, it is “Yahweh” who will do it or had done it. | |
| 435 | 9:23 | f0kc | וְלֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֨ת מִכֶּ֜ם עֶ֗בֶד וְחֹטְבֵ֥י עֵצִ֛ים וְשֹֽׁאֲבֵי־מַ֖יִם לְבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽי | 1 | Alternate translation: “And none of you shall cease being a slaves who are wood cutters and water drawers for the house of God” | ||
| 436 | 9:23 | rwhd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | וְלֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֨ת מִכֶּ֜ם עֶ֗בֶד וְחֹטְבֵ֥י עֵצִ֛ים | 1 | The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. | |
| 437 | 9:23 | ozk4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְלֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֨ת מִכֶּ֜ם עֶ֗בֶד | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that “the Israelites” will do it. Alternate translation: “And we will not cut off any of you from being a slave” | |
| 438 | 9:24 | wq4j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | כִּי֩ הֻגֵּ֨ד הֻגַּ֤ד לַעֲבָדֶ֨יךָ֙ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because people clearly told your servants” | |
| 439 | 9:24 | mjzr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לַעֲבָדֶ֨יךָ֙ | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **your servants** in [9:8](../09/08.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 440 | 9:24 | wuz9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | לָכֶם֙…מִפְּנֵיכֶ֑ם…מִפְּנֵיכֶ֔ם | 1 | In this part of the verse,**you** and the two occurrences of **your** are plural in form and refers to the Israelite nation as a group, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. | |
| 441 | 9:24 | iwcp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | וַנִּירָ֨א מְאֹ֤ד לְנַפְשֹׁתֵ֨ינוּ֙ מִפְּנֵיכֶ֔ם | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the clause **we were very afraid for our lives** and the phrase **because of your face**, since the phrase **because of your face** gives the reason for the result that the clause **we were very afraid for our lives** describes. Alternate translation: “And because of your face we were very afraid for our lives” | |
| 442 | 9:24 | kbti | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | מִפְּנֵיכֶ֔ם | 1 | The Gibeonites are using one part of Israelites, their **face**, to represent all of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” | |
| 443 | 9:25 | enss | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנְנ֣וּ | 1 | See how you translated the word **behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 444 | 9:25 | im6m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | הִנְנ֣וּ בְיָדֶ֑ךָ | 1 | The phrase **we are in your hand** is an idiom meaning “we are in your control.” See how you translated the similar idiom in [2:24](../02/24.md). Alternate translation: “behold, we are in your control” or “behold, we are under your control” | |
| 445 | 9:25 | a5un | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | כַּטּ֨וֹב וְכַיָּשָׁ֧ר | 1 | The terms **good** and **right** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “as is right” | |
| 446 | 9:25 | octw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | כַּטּ֨וֹב וְכַיָּשָׁ֧ר בְּעֵינֶ֛יךָ לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת לָ֖נוּ עֲשֵֽׂה | 1 | Here, **eyes** represents seeing, and seeing represents judgement (evaluation). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do to us as is good and right in your judgement to do” | |
| 447 | 9:26 | gy9c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | וַיַּצֵּ֥ל אוֹתָ֛ם מִיַּ֥ד בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל וְלֹ֥א הֲרָגֽוּם | 1 | The clause **he rescued them from the hand of the sons of Israel** and the clause **they did not slay them** mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “And Joshua rescued them by not allowing the sons of Israel to slay the Gibeonites” | |
| 448 | 9:26 | zymn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיַּצֵּ֥ל אוֹתָ֛ם מִיַּ֥ד בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | The phrase **rescued them from the hand of** is an idiom meaning “rescued them from being harmed” or “rescued them from being killed.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And he rescued them from being harmed by the sons of Israel” or “And he rescued them from being killed by the sons of Israel” | |
| 449 | 9:27 | k592 | חֹטְבֵ֥י עֵצִ֛ים וְשֹׁ֥אֲבֵי מַ֖יִם לָֽעֵדָ֑ה | 1 | See how you translated “cutters of trees and drawers of water for all the congregation” in [9:21](../09/21.md), as it is identical to this portion except that in [9:21](../09/21.md) the word “all” is added. | ||
| 450 | 9:27 | p81s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַד־הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “until this time” or “until now” | |
| 451 | 10:intro | uy1f | 0 | # Joshua 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines in 10:12–13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”\nIsrael’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Idiom\n\nThe people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### Long sentence\n\nIn Hebrew [10:1-2](../10/01.md) is one long sentence. If your language does not use long sentences you could divide this long sentence into shorter sentences as the UST does. | |||
| 452 | 10:1 | au8p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | וַיְהִי֩ כִשְׁמֹ֨עַ אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק מֶ֣לֶךְ יְרוּשָׁלִַ֗ם | 1 | The phrase **And it happened that as soon as** introduces a new event that happened **soon** after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event that happens shortly after the preceding event. | |
| 453 | 10:1 | hlsq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | וַיְהִי֩ כִשְׁמֹ֨עַ אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק מֶ֣לֶךְ יְרוּשָׁלִַ֗ם כִּֽי־לָכַ֨ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ אֶת־הָעַי֮ וַיַּחֲרִימָהּ֒ כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשָׂ֤ה לִֽירִיחוֹ֙ וּלְמַלְכָּ֔הּ כֵּן־עָשָׂ֥ה לָעַ֖י וּלְמַלְכָּ֑הּ וְכִ֨י הִשְׁלִ֜ימוּ יֹשְׁבֵ֤י גִבְעוֹן֙ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַיִּֽהְי֖וּ בְּקִרְבָּֽם | 1 | The author provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in this episode. Specifically to help readers understand why [10:2](../10/02.md) says “The people of Jerusalem became very afraid” and why in [10:3-4](../10/03.md) King Adoni-Zedek sent a message to other kings requesting that they help him fight against the Israelites. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. | |
| 454 | 10:1 | zqsj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק | 1 | **Adoni-Zedek** is the name of a man who was **the king of Jerusalem**. | |
| 455 | 10:1 | n1dd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | הִשְׁלִ֜ימוּ יֹשְׁבֵ֤י גִבְעוֹן֙ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea with an adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who dwelled in Gibeon had agreed to have a peaceful relationship with Israel” | |
| 456 | 10:3 | y6ss | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יַרְמ֜וּת & לָכִ֛ישׁ & עֶגְל֖וֹן | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 457 | 10:3 | k9rg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הוֹהָ֣ם & פִּרְאָ֨ם & יָפִ֧יעַ & דְּבִ֥יר | 1 | These are the names of kings. | |
| 458 | 10:4 | ct5k | עֲלֽוּ־אֵלַ֣י | 1 | “Travel to where I am.” Jerusalem was higher in elevation than other cities in Canaan. | ||
| 459 | 10:5 | d9vy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת׀ מַלְכֵ֣י | 1 | “5 kings” | |
| 460 | 10:5 | m422 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יַרְמוּת֙ & לָכִ֣ישׁ & עֶגְל֔וֹן | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 461 | 10:5 | vs78 | וַֽיַּחֲנוּ֙ עַל | 1 | This means they set up their camp around their city. This was a way of weakening those in the city. It prevented people from escaping the city, and it prevented others from bringing food and water to them in the city. | ||
| 462 | 10:6 | wk68 | לֵאמֹ֔ר | 1 | The word “They” here refers to Gibeonites. | ||
| 463 | 10:6 | zhx9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | אַל־תֶּ֥רֶף יָדֶ֖יךָ מֵֽעֲבָדֶ֑יךָ | 1 | This humble request is stated with two negatives to emphasize the need for a positive action. Alternate translation: “Please come and use your strength to protect us” | |
| 464 | 10:6 | am1x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | יָדֶ֖יךָ | 1 | The word “hands” here refers to the people of Israel’s strength. Alternate translation: “your strength” | |
| 465 | 10:8 | c4uw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְיָדְךָ֖ נְתַתִּ֑ים | 1 | Here “hand” represents the people of Israel’s strength and their ability to defeat their enemy. The word “them” refers to the attacking army. | |
| 466 | 10:8 | du96 | נְתַתִּ֑ים | 1 | Here the word “them” refers to the attacking armies. | ||
| 467 | 10:9 | ecq8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | וַיָּבֹ֧א אֲלֵיהֶ֛ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ | 1 | The entire army of Israel is referred to here by the name of their commander, Joshua. | |
| 468 | 10:10 | sq89 | וַיְהֻמֵּ֤ם יְהוָה֙ לִפְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | Here “Israel” refers to the entire army of Israel. | ||
| 469 | 10:10 | yr7y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵית־חוֹרֹ֔ן & עֲזֵקָ֖ה & מַקֵּדָֽה | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 470 | 10:11 | fbf9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּית־חוֹרֹן֙ & עֲזֵקָ֖ה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 471 | 10:11 | tuc9 | הִשְׁלִ֣יךְ עֲלֵיהֶם֩ אֲבָנִ֨ים גְּדֹל֧וֹת מִן־הַשָּׁמַ֛יִם | 1 | Alternate translation: “threw large hailstones from the sky” | ||
| 472 | 10:12 | si1e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ בְּגִבְע֣וֹן דּ֔וֹם וְיָרֵ֖חַ בְּעֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן | 1 | Joshua is praying that Yahweh would make the progression of time stop on this day. | |
| 473 | 10:12 | j9zt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ & וְיָרֵ֖חַ | 1 | Joshua commands the sun and moon as if these were people. | |
| 474 | 10:12 | ug8m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּעֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 475 | 10:13 | dq14 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | גּוֹי֙ | 1 | This refers to the people of Israel. | |
| 476 | 10:13 | b91l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | הֲלֹא־הִ֥יא כְתוּבָ֖ה עַל־סֵ֣פֶר הַיָּשָׁ֑ר | 1 | The writer uses this question as background information to remind the reader that the incident is well-documented. Alternate translation: “This is written in The Book of Jashar.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 477 | 10:16 | wcb9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּמַקֵּדָֽה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 478 | 10:17 | mns8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיֻּגַּ֖ד לִיהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ | 1 | Messengers came and told Joshua. Alternate translation: “Someone told Joshua” | |
| 479 | 10:19 | l8tl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְּיֶדְכֶֽם | 1 | The phrase “your hand” here means “your control.” | |
| 480 | 10:21 | kb3w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מַקֵּדָ֖ה | 1 | Translate the same way as you did in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). | |
| 481 | 10:21 | py6w | לֹֽא־חָרַ֞ץ לִבְנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל לְאִ֖ישׁ אֶת־לְשֹׁנֽוֹ | 1 | Alternate translation: “No one dared to say anything against” or “No one dared to complain or protest against” | ||
| 482 | 10:22 | zs9n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | פִּתְח֖וּ אֶת־פִּ֣י הַמְּעָרָ֑ה | 1 | Here “mouth” is an idiom that means “entrance.” Alternate translation: “Open the entrance of the cave” | |
| 483 | 10:23 | g4te | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יַרְמ֔וּת & לָכִ֖ישׁ & עֶגְלֽוֹן | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 484 | 10:24 | dnc1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל | 1 | Here the men of Israel represent only those who were soldiers. | |
| 485 | 10:27 | e9z9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַד־עֶ֖צֶם הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | See how you translated the similar phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md). | |
| 486 | 10:28 | e1nc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מַקֵּדָ֔ה | 1 | This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). | |
| 487 | 10:28 | nhk6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | הֶחֱרִ֣ם אוֹתָ֗ם וְאֶת־כָּל־הַנֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֔הּ לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד | 1 | The second sentence summarizes the first sentence to emphasize that Joshua left no person or animal alive. | |
| 488 | 10:29 | k439 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לִבְנָ֑ה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 489 | 10:31 | dsk6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִלִּבְנָ֖ה לָכִ֑ישָׁה | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 490 | 10:32 | yw79 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְּיַ֣ד יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל | 1 | Here their “hand” represents their control. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave Lachish into the control of the nation of Israel” | |
| 491 | 10:33 | rff2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הֹרָם֙ | 1 | This is the name of a man who is an important king. | |
| 492 | 10:33 | lp2c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גֶּ֔זֶר & אֶת־לָכִ֑ישׁ | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 493 | 10:34 | y3g9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִלָּכִ֖ישׁ עֶגְלֹ֑נָה | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 494 | 10:35 | dqi7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | וַיַּכּ֣וּהָ לְפִי־חֶ֔רֶב וְאֵת֙ כָּל־הַנֶּ֣פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־ & הַה֖וּא הֶחֱרִ֑ים | 1 | These two phrases have similar meanings. Together they show the completeness of the destruction of Eglon. | |
| 495 | 10:36 | a6ng | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵעֶגְל֖וֹנָה | 1 | This is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). | |
| 496 | 10:37 | gba2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַיִּלְכְּד֣וּהָ וַיַּכּֽוּהָ־לְפִי־חֶ֠רֶב | 1 | The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They captured and killed and destroyed” | |
| 497 | 10:38 | mr8b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | דְּבִ֑רָה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 498 | 10:39 | g2ta | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לִדְבִ֨רָה֙ & לְלִבְנָ֖ה | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 499 | 10:39 | m8bf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַיַּכּ֣וּם לְפִי־חֶ֔רֶב | 1 | The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They killed and destroyed them” | |
| 500 | 10:40 | u843 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | וְאֵת֙ כָּל־מַלְכֵיהֶ֔ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד וְאֵ֤ת כָּל־הַנְּשָׁמָה֙ הֶחֱרִ֔ים | 1 | These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize the complete destruction that the people of Israel accomplished at Yahweh’s command. | |
| 501 | 10:42 | qy8i | כָּל־הַמְּלָכִ֤ים הָאֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְאֶת־אַרְצָ֔ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ | 1 | This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md). | ||
| 502 | 10:42 | rbp2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ | 1 | Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” | |
| 503 | 10:42 | f9tx | פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת | 1 | This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks. | ||
| 504 | 11:intro | g8mw | 0 | # Joshua 11 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms\n\nYahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”\nThis phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |||
| 505 | 11:1 | a1ca | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יָבִ֣ין & יוֹבָב֙ | 1 | These are names of kings. | |
| 506 | 11:1 | zi5u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חָצ֑וֹר & מָד֔וֹן & שִׁמְר֖וֹן & אַכְשָֽׁף | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 507 | 11:2 | gz61 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת & וּבְנָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 508 | 11:3 | rds6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חֶרְמ֔וֹן | 1 | This is the name of a mountain. | |
| 509 | 11:4 | d9fb | 0 | # General Information:\n\nAll the Canaanite kings attack Joshua and the nation of Israel. | |||
| 510 | 11:4 | e5l4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | וְכָל־מַֽחֲנֵיהֶם֙ עִמָּ֔ם עַם־רָ֕ב כַּח֛וֹל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־שְׂפַת־הַיָּ֖ם לָרֹ֑ב | 1 | No one can count the grains of sand on the seashore. This exaggeration emphasizes the very large number of soldiers that these kings assembled. Alternate translation: “such a great number of soldiers that there appeared to be as many of them as there are grains of sand on the seashore” | |
| 511 | 11:5 | kc2e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵר֔וֹם | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 512 | 11:6 | n348 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אָנֹכִ֞י נֹתֵ֧ן אֶת־כֻּלָּ֛ם חֲלָלִ֖ים לִפְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | Yahweh enabling Israel to conquer the enemy army and kill all of the soldiers is spoken of as if Yahweh killed the soldiers and then gave them to Israel. Alternate translation: “I will enable Israel to kill all of them in battle” | |
| 513 | 11:6 | lgk2 | אֶת־סוּסֵיהֶ֣ם תְּעַקֵּ֔ר | 1 | “cripple their horses by cutting their legs.” This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot walk. | ||
| 514 | 11:7 | sm9k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵר֖וֹם | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 515 | 11:8 | cw9y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּתְּנֵ֨ם יְהוָ֥ה בְּיַֽד־יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ | 1 | Here the word “hand” represents power. Yahweh enabling the army of Israel to conquer their enemy is spoken of as if Yahweh had put the enemy army into Israel’s hand. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled Israel to conquer the enemy” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 516 | 11:8 | n4ub | וַיַּכּוּם֒ & וַיַּכֻּ֕ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “attacked them … attacked them” | ||
| 517 | 11:8 | m9b1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִשְׂרְפ֣וֹת מַ֔יִם | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 518 | 11:9 | q7dn | עִקֵּ֔ר | 1 | This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot run. See how you translated this word in [Joshua 11:6](../11/06.md). | ||
| 519 | 11:10 | pbp8 | מַלְכָּ֖הּ הִכָּ֣ה בֶחָ֑רֶב | 1 | Alternate translation: “Joshua killed the king of Hazor with his sword” | ||
| 520 | 11:10 | cjd1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | חָצ֣וֹר לְפָנִ֔ים הִ֕יא רֹ֖אשׁ כָּל־הַמַּמְלָכ֥וֹת הָאֵֽלֶּה | 1 | Hazor being the most important city is spoken of as Hazor being the head of the other kingdoms. Alternate translation: “Hazor had been the most important of all these kingdoms” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 521 | 11:11 | be72 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | וַ֠יַּכּוּ אֶת־כָּל־הַנֶּ֨פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֤הּ לְפִי־חֶ֨רֶב֙ הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם לֹ֥א נוֹתַ֖ר כָּל־נְשָׁמָ֑ה | 1 | These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. | |
| 522 | 11:11 | z2md | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם | 1 | The word “he” refers to Joshua and represents himself and his army. Completely destroying every living thing in the city is spoken of as if those living things were dedicated for destruction. Alternate translation: “the army completely destroyed them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 523 | 11:12 | i5tz | וַיַּכֵּ֥ם לְפִי־חֶ֖רֶב | 1 | Alternate translation: “killed them” | ||
| 524 | 11:13 | f8kv | הֶעָרִ֗ים הָעֹֽמְדוֹת֙ עַל־תִּלָּ֔ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “cities built on small hills” | ||
| 525 | 11:14 | grk1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | לָהֶ֖ם | 1 | This phrase refers to the army of Israel. | |
| 526 | 11:14 | n215 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | אֶֽת־כָּל־הָאָדָ֞ם הִכּ֣וּ לְפִי־חֶ֗רֶב עַד־הִשְׁמִדָם֙ אוֹתָ֔ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖ירוּ כָּל־נְשָׁמָֽה | 1 | These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. | |
| 527 | 11:15 | ta4x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | לֹֽא־הֵסִ֣יר דָּבָ֔ר מִכֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה | 1 | This negative phrase emphasizes that Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded” | |
| 528 | 11:17 | yr6b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הָהָ֤ר הֶֽחָלָק֙ & בַּ֤עַל גָּד֙ | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 529 | 11:20 | pq7v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | מֵאֵ֣ת יְהוָ֣ה׀ הָיְתָ֡ה לְחַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבָּם֩ | 1 | Yahweh causing the people of the cities to be stubborn is spoken of as if Yahweh had hardened their hearts. Alternate translation: “it was Yahweh who caused them to act stubbornly” | |
| 530 | 11:21 | im1q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־הָֽעֲנָקִים֙ | 1 | These are the descendants of Anak. | |
| 531 | 11:21 | p6cd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | דְּבִ֣ר & עֲנָ֔ב | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 532 | 11:23 | qe5v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּתְּנָהּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְנַחֲלָ֧ה לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל | 1 | Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession” | |
| 533 | 11:23 | x695 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | וְהָאָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִמִּלְחָמָֽה | 1 | The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 534 | 12:intro | ga6k | 0 | # Joshua 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines in 12:2–5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list. | |||
| 535 | 12:1 | e45x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | וְאֵ֣לֶּה | 1 | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer begins to provide background information. | |
| 536 | 12:1 | fe2c | וְאֵ֣לֶּה׀ מַלְכֵ֣י | 1 | This refers to the list of kings that continues through verse 24. | ||
| 537 | 12:1 | g8ju | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הָעֲרָבָ֖ה | 1 | These are the names of a region of land. | |
| 538 | 12:2 | uv1m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵעֲרוֹעֵ֡ר | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 539 | 12:2 | ts6s | סִיחוֹן֙ & בְּחֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן | 1 | See how you translated these words in [Joshua 9:10](../09/10.md). | ||
| 540 | 12:3 | dh7d | יָ֨ם כִּנְר֜וֹת | 1 | This is a place. See how you translated this in [Joshua 11:2](../11/02.md). | ||
| 541 | 12:3 | gc3x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּ֣ית הַיְשִׁמ֑וֹת & הַפִּסְגָּֽה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 542 | 12:4 | zb6d | ע֚וֹג מֶ֣לֶךְ הַבָּשָׁ֔ן | 1 | See how you translated this man’s name in [Joshua 9:10](../09/10.md). | ||
| 543 | 12:4 | m4ct | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הָרְפָאִ֑ים | 1 | These are the names of people groups. | |
| 544 | 12:4 | t7hy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּעַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּבְאֶדְרֶֽעִי | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 545 | 12:5 | vu4f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּבְסַלְכָה֙ | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 546 | 12:5 | sbq3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהַמַּעֲכָתִ֑י | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 547 | 12:6 | bsj6 | לָרֻֽאוּבֵנִי֙ | 1 | These are the descendants of Reuben. | ||
| 548 | 12:6 | p8zt | וְלַגָּדִ֔י | 1 | These are the descendants of Gad. | ||
| 549 | 12:6 | zk48 | וְלַחֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֥בֶט הַֽמְנַשֶּֽׁה | 1 | They are called a half tribe because the other half of the tribe received an inheritance in the land of Canaan. | ||
| 550 | 12:7 | nie7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִבַּ֤עַל גָּד֙ & הָהָ֥ר הֶחָלָ֖ק | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 551 | 12:8 | z37z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּבָֽעֲרָבָה֙ | 1 | This is the name of a region of land. Translate as in [Joshua 12:1](./01.md). | |
| 552 | 12:10 | ps2m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חֶבְר֖וֹן | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 553 | 12:11 | aj97 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יַרְמוּת֙ & לָכִ֖ישׁ | 1 | These are the names of cities. Translate in the same way you did in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). | |
| 554 | 12:12 | bgl2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עֶגְלוֹן֙ & גֶּ֖זֶר | 1 | These are the names of cities. Translate “Eglon” in the same way you did in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). | |
| 555 | 12:13 | mgg8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | דְּבִר֙ & גֶּ֖דֶר | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 556 | 12:14 | e9ba | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חָרְמָה֙ & עֲרָ֖ד | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 557 | 12:15 | nec9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לִבְנָה֙ & עֲדֻלָּ֖ם | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 558 | 12:16 | se49 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מַקֵּדָה֙ | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 559 | 12:17 | g346 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | תַּפּ֨וּחַ֙ & חֵ֖פֶר | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 560 | 12:18 | m8vl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֲפֵק֙ & לַשָּׁר֖וֹן | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 561 | 12:19 | ga17 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מָדוֹן֙ & חָצ֖וֹר | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 562 | 12:20 | cq4i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | שִׁמְר֤וֹן מְראוֹן֙ & אַכְשָׁ֖ף | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 563 | 12:21 | pv5n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | תַּעְנַךְ֙ & מְגִדּ֖וֹ | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 564 | 12:22 | z2b9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | קֶ֨דֶשׁ֙ & יָקְנֳעָ֥ם | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 565 | 12:23 | a6eq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | דּ֛וֹר לְנָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר & גּוֹיִ֥ם | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 566 | 12:24 | kv8w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | תִּרְצָ֖ה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 567 | 12:24 | aeg5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְאֶחָֽד | 1 | “31 in all” | |
| 568 | 13:intro | zl7s | 0 | # Joshua 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Division of the land\n\nThere was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.\n\n### Driving out the people\n\nWhile Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) | |||
| 569 | 13:2 | s51z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | זֹ֥את הָאָ֖רֶץ הַנִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת | 1 | You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” | |
| 570 | 13:3 | q1nv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַשִּׁיח֞וֹר | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 571 | 13:3 | a3iw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | לַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” | |
| 572 | 13:3 | jnl3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהָעַוִּֽים | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 573 | 13:4 | b13s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּמְעָרָ֛ה & אֲפֵ֑קָה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 574 | 13:5 | bj71 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִבַּ֣עַל גָּ֔ד & הַר־חֶרְמ֑וֹן | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 575 | 13:5 | jd8r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַגִּבְלִ֗י | 1 | This is the name of a people group who lived in Geba. | |
| 576 | 13:6 | b7pk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִשְׂרְפֹ֥ת מַ֨יִם֙ | 1 | this is the name of a place | |
| 577 | 13:6 | si8i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּֽנַחֲלָ֔ה | 1 | The land that Israel will claim is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they will receive as a permanent possession. | |
| 578 | 13:9 | gfc4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵעֲרוֹעֵ֡ר & מֵידְבָ֖א & דִּיבֽוֹן | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 579 | 13:9 | lk8d | הַנַּ֛חַל | 1 | a place where the river is far below the land on the sides | ||
| 580 | 13:9 | t2an | הַמִּישֹׁ֥ר | 1 | flat land high above rivers | ||
| 581 | 13:10 | zm4w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּחֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 582 | 13:11 | whz4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | סַלְכָֽה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 583 | 13:11 | kc79 | וּגְב֧וּל הַגְּשׁוּרִ֣י וְהַמַּעֲכָתִ֗י | 1 | Alternate translation: “the land where the Geshurites and Maacathites lived” | ||
| 584 | 13:11 | l98j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהַמַּעֲכָתִ֗י | 1 | These are the names of people groups. | |
| 585 | 13:12 | hw24 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּעַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּבְאֶדְרֶ֑עִי | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 586 | 13:12 | u2dn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הָרְפָאִ֔ים | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 587 | 13:12 | l1cu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | וַיַּכֵּ֥ם מֹשֶׁ֖ה | 1 | Here “Moses” represents himself and the Israelite army that Moses led. Alternate translation: “Moses and the Israelites attacked them” | |
| 588 | 13:13 | zb9l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־הַגְּשׁוּרִ֖י וְאֶת־הַמַּעֲכָתִ֑י | 1 | These are the names of people groups. | |
| 589 | 13:13 | hu1n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | גְּשׁ֤וּר וּמַֽעֲכָת֙ בְּקֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | “Geshur” and “Maacath” are either the names of the ancestors of “the Geshurites” and “the Maacathites” or are the names of the cities in which they lived. Alternate translation: “those people live among Israel” | |
| 590 | 13:13 | xw7d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 591 | 13:14 | zs6y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לֹ֥א נָתַ֖ן נַחֲלָ֑ה | 1 | The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. | |
| 592 | 13:14 | v9zc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה & ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔וֹ | 1 | The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if the offerings were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “The offerings of Yahweh … are what they will have for their provision” | |
| 593 | 13:14 | br61 | אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “offerings that the people were to bring to Yahweh” | ||
| 594 | 13:14 | lz8a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | אִשֵּׁ֨י | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priests burned with fire” | |
| 595 | 13:16 | f1uv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵעֲרוֹעֵ֡ר & מֵידְבָֽא | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 596 | 13:16 | s5yv | נַ֨חַל & הַמִּישֹׁ֖ר | 1 | See how you translated these words in [Joshua 13:9](../13/09.md). | ||
| 597 | 13:17 | y6iu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חֶשְׁבּ֥וֹן & דִּיבוֹן֙ וּבָמ֣וֹת בַּ֔עַל וּבֵ֖ית בַּ֥עַל מְעֽוֹן | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 598 | 13:18 | i4fe | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְיַ֥הְצָה וּקְדֵמֹ֖ת וּמֵפָֽעַת | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 599 | 13:19 | f1h3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְקִרְיָתַ֣יִם וְשִׂבְמָ֔ה וְצֶ֥רֶת הַשַּׁ֖חַר | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 600 | 13:20 | is7v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּבֵ֥ית פְּע֛וֹר & הַפִּסְגָּ֖ה וּבֵ֥ית הַיְשִׁמֽוֹת | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 601 | 13:21 | uld7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּחֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 602 | 13:21 | j6hq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | סִיחוֹן֙ & אֶת־אֱוִ֤י וְאֶת־רֶ֨קֶם֙ וְאֶת־צ֤וּר וְאֶת־חוּר֙ וְאֶת־רֶ֔בַע | 1 | These are the names of people. | |
| 603 | 13:21 | x56e | אֹת֣וֹ׀ וְאֶת־נְשִׂיאֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן | 1 | Alternate translation: “as he had defeated the leaders of Midian” | ||
| 604 | 13:23 | gc1r | וּגְב֑וּל זֹ֣את | 1 | The Jordan River was the western border of the land that the tribe of Reuben received. | ||
| 605 | 13:23 | x56m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וּגְב֑וּל זֹ֣את נַחֲלַ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־רְאוּבֵן֙ | 1 | The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Reuben is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Reuben received as a permanent possession. | |
| 606 | 13:23 | ud8m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Moses gave to each of their clans” | |
| 607 | 13:25 | fmp2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יַעְזֵר֙ & עֲרוֹעֵ֕ר & רַבָּֽה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 608 | 13:26 | mr54 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּמֵחֶשְׁבּ֛וֹן & רָמַ֥ת הַמִּצְפֶּ֖ה וּבְטֹנִ֑ים וּמִֽמַּחֲנַ֖יִם & לִדְבִֽר | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 609 | 13:27 | ie4m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּ֣ית הָרָם֩ וּבֵ֨ית נִמְרָ֜ה וְסֻכּ֣וֹת וְצָפ֗וֹן & חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 610 | 13:28 | hla2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵי־גָ֖ד | 1 | The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Gad is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Gad received as a permanent possession. | |
| 611 | 13:29 | we69 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּתֵּ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה לַחֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה | 1 | The land that Moses assigned to the half tribe of Manasseh is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he gave to them as a permanent possession. | |
| 612 | 13:29 | gs84 | לַחֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה | 1 | Only half of the tribe received this land because the other half received land on the other side of the Jordan River. | ||
| 613 | 13:29 | p8yw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיְהִ֗י לַחֲצִ֛י | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned it” | |
| 614 | 13:30 | s32g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִמַּחֲנַ֨יִם & יָאִ֛יר | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 615 | 13:31 | b2aa | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְעַשְׁתָּר֣וֹת וְאֶדְרֶ֔עִי | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 616 | 13:31 | zde9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | לִבְנֵ֤י | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned these” | |
| 617 | 13:31 | g5si | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מָכִ֖יר | 1 | This is a man’s name. | |
| 618 | 13:32 | hh57 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה | 1 | The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” | |
| 619 | 13:33 | ce57 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔ם | 1 | The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” | |
| 620 | 14:intro | dsn7 | 0 | # Joshua 14 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Drive them out\n\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) | |||
| 621 | 14:1 | u4tc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְאֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. | |
| 622 | 14:1 | ql64 | אֲב֥וֹת הַמַּטּ֖וֹת | 1 | Alternate translation: “leaders of the tribes” | ||
| 623 | 14:2 | f1ux | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | בְּגוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” | |
| 624 | 14:2 | ti9l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה | 1 | Here the word “hand” refers to Moses himself and means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “through Moses” | |
| 625 | 14:3 | ptq4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | כִּֽי־נָתַ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֜ה נַחֲלַ֨ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַמַּטּוֹת֙ וַחֲצִ֣י הַמַּטֶּ֔ה מֵעֵ֖בֶר לַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְלַ֨לְוִיִּ֔ם לֹֽא־נָתַ֥ן נַחֲלָ֖ה בְּתוֹכָֽם | 1 | The land that Moses gave to the tribes is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. | |
| 626 | 14:4 | tye1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְלֹֽא־נָתְנוּ֩ חֵ֨לֶק לַלְוִיִּ֜ם בָּאָ֗רֶץ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Moses did not give a portion of the inheritance to the Levites in the land” | |
| 627 | 14:4 | c5l6 | חֵ֨לֶק | 1 | Alternate translation: “part” | ||
| 628 | 14:4 | tj8s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | כִּ֤י אִם־עָרִים֙ לָשֶׁ֔בֶת | 1 | The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but he gave to them only certain cities to live in” | |
| 629 | 14:4 | m4nv | וּמִ֨גְרְשֵׁיהֶ֔ם | 1 | fields of grass for the livestock to eat | ||
| 630 | 14:4 | j8ys | וּלְקִנְיָנָֽם | 1 | physical things they needed so they could provide for their families | ||
| 631 | 14:6 | b9tc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יְפֻנֶּ֖ה | 1 | This is a man’s name. | |
| 632 | 14:6 | g6g8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַקְּנִזִּ֑י | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 633 | 14:7 | wqe2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וָאָשֵׁ֤ב אֹתוֹ֙ דָּבָ֔ר כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר עִם־לְבָבִֽי | 1 | Here the word “heart” represents the thoughts. The phrase is an idiom that refers to a report that is given honestly. Alternate translation: “I brought back to him an honest report” | |
| 634 | 14:8 | q6zs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | הִמְסִ֖יו אֶת־לֵ֣ב הָעָ֑ם | 1 | Making the people very afraid is spoken of as if it were making the hearts of the people melt. Alternate translation: “made the people very afraid” | |
| 635 | 14:8 | d53a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְאָנֹכִ֣י מִלֵּ֔אתִי אַחֲרֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה | 1 | Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I remained loyal to Yahweh” | |
| 636 | 14:9 | ew2r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ & בָּ֔הּ לְךָ֨ תִֽהְיֶ֧ה לְנַחֲלָ֛ה וּלְבָנֶ֖יךָ עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם | 1 | The land that Caleb and his descendants would have is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. | |
| 637 | 14:9 | shc9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דָּרְכָ֤ה רַגְלְךָ֙ | 1 | Here “your foot” represents Caleb. Alternate translation: “the land on which you have walked” | |
| 638 | 14:10 | m9sn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנֵּה֩…הִנֵּ֣ה | 1 | See how you translated the word **behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 639 | 14:10 | c4ma | אֲשֶׁר־הָלַ֥ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר | 1 | Alternate translation: “while the people of Israel traveled in the wilderness” | ||
| 640 | 14:11 | q443 | כְּכֹ֥חִי אָ֖ז וּכְכֹ֣חִי עָ֑תָּה | 1 | Alternate translation: “I am still as strong now as I was then” | ||
| 641 | 14:11 | y4nf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְלָצֵ֥את וְלָבֽוֹא | 1 | This is an idiom that refers to daily activities. Alternate translation: “for the things I do every day” | |
| 642 | 14:12 | r8ka | אֶת־הָהָ֣ר | 1 | This could mean: (1) many large hills or small mountains or (2) one mountain. | ||
| 643 | 14:12 | ner3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עֲנָקִ֣ים | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 644 | 14:13 | q6ae | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּתֵּ֧ן אֶת־חֶבְר֛וֹן לְכָלֵ֥ב | 1 | Hebron is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Caleb received as a permanent possession. | |
| 645 | 14:14 | gji6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 646 | 14:14 | zii3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה | 1 | Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh” | |
| 647 | 14:15 | hyh6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 648 | 14:15 | wv1z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | וְהָאָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִמִּלְחָמָֽה | 1 | The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 649 | 15:intro | ght5 | 0 | # Joshua 15 General Notes\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 650 | 15:1 | ex51 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | צִ֛ן | 1 | This is the name of the wilderness area. | |
| 651 | 15:2 | k5za | מִקְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַמֶּ֑לַח מִן־הַלָּשֹׁ֖ן הַפֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּה | 1 | “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins. | ||
| 652 | 15:2 | j6xn | מִן־הַלָּשֹׁ֖ן הַפֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּה | 1 | Alternate translation: “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay” | ||
| 653 | 15:2 | qj2g | הַלָּשֹׁ֖ן | 1 | smaller part of the sea that extends into the land | ||
| 654 | 15:3 | kb99 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עַקְרַבִּים֙ & צִ֔נָה & חֶצְרוֹן֙ & אַדָּ֔רָה & הַקַּרְקָֽעָה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 655 | 15:4 | nzh3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עַצְמ֗וֹנָה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 656 | 15:4 | d1b1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | נַ֣חַל מִצְרַ֔יִם | 1 | a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land, near Egypt | |
| 657 | 15:5 | xrg4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | מִקְצֵ֖ה הַיַּרְדֵּֽן | 1 | The point at which the river empties into the sea is spoken of as if it were the mouth of the river. | |
| 658 | 15:5 | bl5c | וּגְב֞וּל | 1 | Alternate translation: “border … was” | ||
| 659 | 15:6 | lbt5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּ֣ית חָגְלָ֔ה & לְבֵ֣ית הָעֲרָבָ֑ה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 660 | 15:6 | eqi7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן | 1 | This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. | |
| 661 | 15:7 | n7k5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | דְּבִרָה֮ מֵעֵ֣מֶק עָכוֹר֒ & הַגִּלְגָּ֗ל & לְמַעֲלֵ֣ה אֲדֻמִּ֔ים & מֵי־עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶ & עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 662 | 15:8 | qa4u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גֵּ֣י בֶן־הִנֹּ֗ם & עֵֽמֶק־רְפָאִ֖ים | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 663 | 15:9 | hb3j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | נֶפְתּ֔וֹחַ & הַר־עֶפְר֑וֹן & קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 664 | 15:10 | h92v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִבַּעֲלָ֥ה & הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר & הַר־יְעָרִ֛ים & כְסָל֑וֹן & בֵּֽית־שֶׁ֖מֶשׁ & תִּמְנָֽה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 665 | 15:11 | n6qt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | שִׁכְּר֔וֹנָה & הַר־הַֽבַּעֲלָ֖ה & יַבְנְאֵ֑ל | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 666 | 15:13 | gx9f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 667 | 15:13 | v154 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אַרְבַּ֛ע & הָעֲנָ֖ק | 1 | These are the names of men. | |
| 668 | 15:14 | jp1i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אֶת־שְׁלוֹשָׁ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הָעֲנָ֑ק אֶת־שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְאֶת־אֲחִימַן֙ וְאֶת־תַּלְמַ֔י יְלִידֵ֖י הָעֲנָֽק | 1 | These names represent clans of people who were descendants of Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai. The words “sons” and “descendants” in this context mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the three clans, Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai, who were descendants of Anak” | |
| 669 | 15:14 | q23k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הָעֲנָ֑ק אֶת־שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְאֶת־אֲחִימַן֙ וְאֶת־תַּלְמַ֔י | 1 | These are the names of men. | |
| 670 | 15:15 | n52j | וַיַּ֣עַל מִשָּׁ֔ם אֶל | 1 | Alternate translation: “He went up from there to fight against” | ||
| 671 | 15:15 | k99v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | דְּבִ֥ר & קִרְיַת־סֵֽפֶר | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 672 | 15:16 | hs9c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־קִרְיַת־סֵ֖פֶר | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 673 | 15:16 | z82q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־עַכְסָ֥ה | 1 | This is a woman’s name. | |
| 674 | 15:17 | kvc1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עָתְנִיאֵ֥ל & קְנַ֖ז | 1 | These are men’s names. | |
| 675 | 15:18 | d6qf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | בְּבוֹאָ֗הּ | 1 | This is an idiom that refers to Aksah becoming Othniel’s wife. Alternate translation: “when Aksah became Othniel’s wife” | |
| 676 | 15:18 | ia6d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | וַתְּסִיתֵ֨הוּ֙ לִשְׁא֤וֹל מֵֽאֵת־אָבִ֨יהָ֙ שָׂדֶ֔ה | 1 | This can be translated as direct speech. Alternate translation: “she urged him, ‘Ask my father to give me a field.’” | |
| 677 | 15:19 | nun3 | אֵ֚ת גֻּלֹּ֣ת עִלִּיּ֔וֹת וְאֵ֖ת גֻּלֹּ֥ת תַּחְתִּיּֽוֹת | 1 | The words “upper” and “lower” likely refer to the geographical altitude of the water springs. | ||
| 678 | 15:20 | q76c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־יְהוּדָ֖ה | 1 | The land that the tribe of Judah received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” | |
| 679 | 15:46 | dfe2 | וְחַצְרֵיהֶֽן | 1 | villages | ||
| 680 | 15:47 | hsx1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם | 1 | a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt | |
| 681 | 15:63 | j68z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 682 | 16:intro | bpv3 | 0 | # Joshua 16 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Drive them out\n\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 683 | 16:1 | b1k9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לִבְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ | 1 | The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” | |
| 684 | 16:2 | g9td | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | ל֑וּזָה & עֲטָרֽוֹת | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 685 | 16:2 | zs9f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הָאַרְכִּ֖י | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 686 | 16:3 | w8gi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַיַּפְלֵטִ֗י | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 687 | 16:3 | id59 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּית־חוֹרֹ֛ן תַּחְתּ֖וֹן & גָּ֑זֶר | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 688 | 16:4 | u6fy | בְנֵי־יוֹסֵ֖ף מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה וְאֶפְרָֽיִם | 1 | Alternate translation: “the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim, the sons of Joseph” | ||
| 689 | 16:4 | r4qw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּנְחֲל֥וּ | 1 | The land that the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received this land as their inheritance” | |
| 690 | 16:5 | f2i9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | גְּב֥וּל בְּנֵֽי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The territory … that Joshua assigned to their clans” | |
| 691 | 16:5 | m6lu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר & בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן עֶלְיֽוֹן | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 692 | 16:6 | vg46 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַֽמִּכְמְתָת֙ & תַּאֲנַ֣ת שִׁלֹ֑ה & יָנֽוֹחָה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 693 | 16:7 | uyw7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִיָּנ֖וֹחָה עֲטָר֣וֹת וְנַעֲרָ֑תָה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 694 | 16:8 | at1t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִתַּפּ֜וּחַ & קָנָ֔ה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 695 | 16:8 | mb6i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם | 1 | The land that Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Ephraim received as an inheritance” | |
| 696 | 16:8 | ke41 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Joshua assigned to their clans” | |
| 697 | 16:9 | y6xs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְהֶעָרִ֗ים הַמִּבְדָּלוֹת֙ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cities that Joshua had chosen” | |
| 698 | 16:9 | f1yc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | בְּת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה | 1 | The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” | |
| 699 | 16:10 | au8e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַד־הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 700 | 16:10 | fth4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיְהִ֖י לְמַס־עֹבֵֽד | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” | |
| 701 | 17:intro | m3nk | 0 | # Joshua 17 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Manasseh’s lack of faith\nEven though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 702 | 17:1 | j2sj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לְמָכִיר֩ | 1 | These are men’s names. | |
| 703 | 17:1 | zuz5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַֽיְהִי־ל֖וֹ הַגִּלְעָ֥ד וְהַבָּשָֽׁן | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants” | |
| 704 | 17:2 | al47 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר & חֵ֗לֶק & אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙ & שֶׁ֔כֶם & חֵ֖פֶר & שְׁמִידָ֑ע | 1 | These are men’s names. | |
| 705 | 17:2 | us2l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַ֠יְהִי | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned land … and gave them to their clans” | |
| 706 | 17:3 | u2e9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְלִצְלָפְחָד֩ & חֵ֨פֶ | 1 | These are men’s names. | |
| 707 | 17:3 | k5z5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מַחְלָ֣ה וְנֹעָ֔ה חָגְלָ֥ה מִלְכָּ֖ה וְתִרְצָֽה | 1 | These are women’s names. | |
| 708 | 17:4 | x2q2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶלְעָזָ֨ר | 1 | This is the name of a man. | |
| 709 | 17:4 | q55m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לָֽתֶת־לָ֥נוּ נַחֲלָ֖ה | 1 | The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “to give to us some land as an inheritance” | |
| 710 | 17:4 | s6fd | וַיִּתֵּ֨ן לָהֶ֜ם & נַֽחֲלָ֔ה | 1 | This could mean: (1) “Joshua gave those women an inheritance” or (2) “Eleazar gave those women an inheritance.” | ||
| 711 | 17:5 | d1c3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיִּפְּל֥וּ חַבְלֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֑ה | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned ten parcels of land” | |
| 712 | 17:5 | z7zr | חַבְלֵֽי & עֲשָׂרָ֑ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “Ten portions” | ||
| 713 | 17:6 | d9gb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | נָחֲל֥וּ נַחֲלָ֖ה | 1 | The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received land as an inheritance” | |
| 714 | 17:6 | qbx1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | הַגִּלְעָ֔ד הָיְתָ֥ה לִבְנֵֽי | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead” | |
| 715 | 17:7 | jln6 | אֶל־הַיָּמִ֔ין | 1 | toward the south | ||
| 716 | 17:7 | dfe9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַֽמִּכְמְתָ֔ת & תַּפּֽוּחַ | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 717 | 17:9 | k7gp | הַגְּבוּל֩ | 1 | Alternate translation: “The border of Manasseh’s land” | ||
| 718 | 17:9 | l2af | נַ֨חַל | 1 | a very small river | ||
| 719 | 17:9 | qvi8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | קָנָ֜ה | 1 | name of a brook | |
| 720 | 17:10 | mi9b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וּבְאָשֵׁר֙ יִפְגְּע֣וּן מִצָּפ֔וֹן | 1 | This could mean: (1) that the border of Manasseh’s land on the north side touched the land that belonged to the tribe of Asher or (2) that one can travel north to reach Asher. Alternate translation: “Asher was on the north side” or “One can travel north to reach Asher” | |
| 721 | 17:10 | fj36 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | וּבְיִשָּׂשכָ֖ר מִמִּזְרָֽח | 1 | The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to the east, one can reach Issachar” | |
| 722 | 17:11 | s1sn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּית־שְׁאָ֣ן & וְיִבְלְעָ֨ם & דֹ֣אר & עֵֽין־דֹּר֙ & תַעְנַךְ֙ & מְגִדּ֖וֹ & הַנָּֽפֶת | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 723 | 17:14 | b4j6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף | 1 | This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. | |
| 724 | 17:14 | sk37 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | מַדּוּעַ֩ נָתַ֨תָּה לִּ֜י נַחֲלָ֗ה גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְחֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד וַֽאֲנִ֣י עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־עַד־כֹּ֖ה בֵּֽרְכַ֥נִי יְהוָֽה | 1 | The people of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh ask this question to emphasize that Joshua should have assigned to them more land. Alternate translation: “You should have given us more than one … Yahweh has blessed us.” | |
| 725 | 17:14 | ju22 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְחֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing. In the second, the land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “one assignment of land as our inheritance” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 726 | 17:14 | dg92 | וְחֶ֣בֶל | 1 | part | ||
| 727 | 17:14 | p7z5 | עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד | 1 | Alternate translation: “many people” | ||
| 728 | 17:15 | d24l | אִם־עַם־רַ֤ב אַתָּה֙ | 1 | Alternate translation: “Since you are a people great in number” | ||
| 729 | 17:15 | psc4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהָֽרְפָאִ֑ים | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 730 | 17:16 | g788 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּבֵית־שְׁאָן֙ & יִזְרְעֶֽאל | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 731 | 17:17 | wa3y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף | 1 | Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph” | |
| 732 | 17:18 | w4m4 | וּבֵ֣רֵאת֔וֹ | 1 | Alternate translation: “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees” | ||
| 733 | 18:intro | j38i | 0 | # Joshua 18 General Notes\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 734 | 18:1 | fkg2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events | וְהָאָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִפְנֵיהֶֽם | 1 | They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” | |
| 735 | 18:2 | ynk6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־נַֽחֲלָתָ֑ם | 1 | The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 736 | 18:3 | bia9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָבוֹא֙ לָרֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָכֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵיכֶֽם | 1 | Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off … has given you.” | |
| 737 | 18:4 | p7hg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְיִֽתְהַלְּכ֥וּ בָאָ֛רֶץ | 1 | The words “up and down” mean in every direction. Alternate translation: “the land in every direction” or “throughout the land” | |
| 738 | 18:4 | zry7 | וְיִכְתְּב֥וּ אוֹתָ֛הּ לְפִ֥י נַֽחֲלָתָ֖ם | 1 | This means that they will describe the portions of land that each tribe would like to receive for an inheritance. | ||
| 739 | 18:4 | lh9w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | נַֽחֲלָתָ֖ם | 1 | The land that they are to survey is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that each of the tribes would receive as a permanent possession. | |
| 740 | 18:5 | e13l | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJoshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel. | |||
| 741 | 18:5 | dmy4 | וְהִֽתְחַלְּק֥וּ אֹתָ֖הּ | 1 | Alternate translation: “They will divide the land” | ||
| 742 | 18:5 | y5gn | יְהוּדָ֞ה יַעֲמֹ֤ד | 1 | Alternate translation: “The tribe of Judah will remain” | ||
| 743 | 18:5 | d41l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וּבֵ֥ית יוֹסֵ֛ף | 1 | Here the word “house” represents the descendants of Joseph. The phrase refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 744 | 18:7 | v3qr | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJoshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel. | |||
| 745 | 18:7 | e6s8 | אֵֽין־חֵ֤לֶק | 1 | Alternate translation: “no portion of land” | ||
| 746 | 18:7 | kus7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | כִּֽי־כְהֻנַּ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה נַחֲלָת֑וֹ | 1 | Joshua speaks of the great honor that the Levites have by serving Yahweh as priests as if it were something that they inherited. Alternate translation: “for the priesthood of Yahweh is what they have” | |
| 747 | 18:7 | eqg6 | וַחֲצִי֩ שֵׁ֨בֶט הַֽמְנַשֶּׁ֜ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “half of the tribe of Manasseh” | ||
| 748 | 18:7 | cyc8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לָקְח֣וּ נַחֲלָתָ֗ם | 1 | The land that the tribes received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “have received land as their inheritance” | |
| 749 | 18:8 | t1cr | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJoshua speaks to the twenty-one men who were to go look at the land. | |||
| 750 | 18:8 | p238 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְהִתְהַלְּכ֨וּ בָאָ֜רֶץ | 1 | The words “up and down” mean in every direction. See how you translated this in [Joshua 18:4](../18/04.md). Alternate translation: “in every direction in the land” or “throughout the land” | |
| 751 | 18:10 | pz3n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | כְּמַחְלְקֹתָֽם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to each tribe Joshua gave their portion in the land” | |
| 752 | 18:11 | hd7v | בֵּ֚ין בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה וּבֵ֖ין בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף | 1 | Alternate translation: “between the land that belonged to the descendants of Judah and the land that belonged to the descendants of Joseph” | ||
| 753 | 18:11 | ib4f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף | 1 | This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. | |
| 754 | 18:12 | ij99 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּ֥ית אָֽוֶן | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 755 | 18:13 | hx15 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | ל֨וּזָה֙ & בֵּֽית־אֵ֑ל & עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר & לְבֵית־חֹר֖וֹן | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 756 | 18:14 | h4e6 | הַגְּבוּל֩ | 1 | This refers to the same thing as “the border” in verse 13. | ||
| 757 | 18:14 | eq7x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | קִרְיַת־בַּ֨עַל֙ & קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֔ים | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 758 | 18:15 | ulq2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֑ים & נֶפְתּֽוֹחַ | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 759 | 18:16 | br6t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֶן־הִנֹּ֔ם & רְפָאִ֖ים & הִנֹּ֜ם & עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 760 | 18:17 | d8dt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶשׁ & גְּלִיל֔וֹת & אֲדֻמִּ֑ים | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 761 | 18:17 | z2mh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן | 1 | This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. See how you translated this in [Joshua 15:6](../15/06.md). | |
| 762 | 18:18 | g6td | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | כֶּ֥תֶף מוּל־הָֽעֲרָבָ֖ה | 1 | Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the slope of Beth Arabah” | |
| 763 | 18:18 | b98y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מוּל־הָֽעֲרָבָ֖ה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 764 | 18:19 | k48g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | כֶּ֣תֶף בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ צָפוֹנָה֒ | 1 | Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the north slope of Beth Hoglah” | |
| 765 | 18:19 | xy3i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 766 | 18:20 | ywb2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֡את נַחֲלַת֩ בְּנֵ֨י בִנְיָמִ֧ן | 1 | The land that the tribe of Benjamin received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” | |
| 767 | 18:20 | pe6e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave it to each of their clans” | |
| 768 | 18:21 | i6af | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe writer lists the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. | ||
| 769 | 18:24 | jsu9 | וְחַצְרֵיהֶֽן | 1 | Alternate translation: “the villages around them” | ||
| 770 | 18:28 | t3aa | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־בִנְיָמִ֖ן | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” | |
| 771 | 19:intro | j62l | 0 | # Joshua 19 General Notes\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 772 | 19:1 | s149 | וַיֵּצֵ֞א הַגּוֹרָ֤ל הַשֵּׁנִי֙ לְשִׁמְע֔וֹן | 1 | Alternate translation: “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon” | ||
| 773 | 19:1 | gl7x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | הַשֵּׁנִי֙ | 1 | number two in a list | |
| 774 | 19:1 | z9r9 | לְמִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans” | ||
| 775 | 19:1 | u57y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַֽיְהִי֙ נַֽחֲלָתָ֔ם בְּת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָֽה | 1 | The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribes received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The land that they received as an inheritance was in the middle of the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” | |
| 776 | 19:2 | kg51 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe writer lists cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance. | ||
| 777 | 19:2 | eu6h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיְהִ֥י לָהֶ֖ם בְּנַֽחֲלָתָ֑ם | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “They had the following cities for their inheritance” | |
| 778 | 19:5 | f4vb | וְצִֽקְלַ֥ג | 1 | See how you translated the name of this city in [Joshua 15:31](../15/31.md). | ||
| 779 | 19:8 | uc1c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־שִׁמְע֖וֹן | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance” | |
| 780 | 19:8 | q586 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Joshua gave to their clans” | |
| 781 | 19:9 | lep5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | מֵחֶ֨בֶל֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the portion of land which Joshua assigned to the tribe of Judah” | |
| 782 | 19:9 | p2ji | בְּת֥וֹךְ נַחֲלָתָֽם | 1 | Alternate translation: “the middle of Judah’s portion of land” | ||
| 783 | 19:10 | f5gu | וַיַּ֨עַל֙ הַגּוֹרָ֣ל הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֔י | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 784 | 19:10 | s2j1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֔י | 1 | number three in a list | |
| 785 | 19:10 | vde5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | שָׂרִֽיד | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 786 | 19:11 | v9gp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּמַרְעֲלָ֖ה & בְּדַבָּ֑שֶׁת & יָקְנְעָֽם | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 787 | 19:11 | gx7v | עַל־פְּנֵ֥י יָקְנְעָֽם | 1 | Alternate translation: “across from Jokneam” | ||
| 788 | 19:12 | n9dc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִשָּׂרִ֗יד & כִּסְלֹ֖ת תָּבֹ֑ר & הַדָּֽבְרַ֖ת & יָפִֽיעַ | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 789 | 19:13 | dqd5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גִּתָּ֥ה חֵ֖פֶר עִתָּ֣ה קָצִ֑ין & רִמּ֥וֹן & הַנֵּעָֽה | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 790 | 19:14 | ja4s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חַנָּתֹ֑ן & יִפְתַּח־אֵֽל | 1 | These are names of places. | |
| 791 | 19:15 | xk4u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְקַטָּ֤ת וְנַֽהֲלָל֙ וְשִׁמְר֔וֹן וְיִדְאֲלָ֖ה וּבֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם | 1 | These are names of places. | |
| 792 | 19:15 | yn5n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּבֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם | 1 | This is not the same “Bethlehem” that is south of Jerusalem in Judah. | |
| 793 | 19:16 | a4ee | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־זְבוּלֻ֖ן | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Zebulun received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Zebulun received as an inheritance” | |
| 794 | 19:17 | fum5 | יָצָ֖א הַגּוֹרָ֣ל הָֽרְבִיעִ֑י | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 795 | 19:17 | l33x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | הָֽרְבִיעִ֑י | 1 | number four in a list | |
| 796 | 19:18 | qmg4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהַכְּסוּלֹ֖ת וְשׁוּנֵֽם | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 797 | 19:19 | c3ti | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וַחֲפָרַ֥יִם וְשִׁיאֹ֖ן וַאֲנָחֲרַֽת | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 798 | 19:20 | mft4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהָֽרַבִּ֥ית וְקִשְׁי֖וֹן וָאָֽבֶץ | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 799 | 19:21 | b1ex | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְרֶ֧מֶת וְעֵין־גַּנִּ֛ים וְעֵ֥ין חַדָּ֖ה וּבֵ֥ית פַּצֵּֽץ | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 800 | 19:22 | hs7i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּתָב֤וֹר | 1 | This is the name of a mountain. | |
| 801 | 19:22 | ht1e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | ושחצומה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 802 | 19:23 | yll2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Issachar received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Issachar received as an inheritance” | |
| 803 | 19:24 | lhr4 | וַיֵּצֵא֙ הַגּוֹרָ֣ל הַֽחֲמִישִׁ֔י | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 804 | 19:24 | xa5a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | הַֽחֲמִישִׁ֔י | 1 | number five in a list | |
| 805 | 19:25 | prg9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חֶלְקַ֥ת וַחֲלִ֖י וָבֶ֥טֶן וְאַכְשָֽׁף | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 806 | 19:26 | v6t4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְאַֽלַמֶּ֥לֶךְ וְעַמְעָ֖ד וּמִשְׁאָ֑ל & וּבְשִׁיח֖וֹר לִבְנָֽת | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 807 | 19:27 | pbh2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּ֣ית דָּגֹן֒ & וּבְגֵ֨י יִפְתַּח־אֵ֥ל & בֵּ֥ית הָעֵ֖מֶק וּנְעִיאֵ֑ל & כָּב֖וּל | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 808 | 19:28 | ht1l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְעֶבְרֹ֥ן וּרְחֹ֖ב וְחַמּ֣וֹן וְקָנָ֑ה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 809 | 19:29 | q8wz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חֹסָ֔ה & אַכְזִֽיבָה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 810 | 19:30 | y1g5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְעֻמָ֥ה וַאֲפֵ֖ק וּרְחֹ֑ב | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 811 | 19:31 | x4aq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־אָשֵׁ֖ר | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Asher received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Asher received as an inheritance” | |
| 812 | 19:32 | jy7g | יָצָ֖א הַגּוֹרָ֣ל הַשִּׁשִּׁ֑י | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 813 | 19:32 | jjm6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | הַשִּׁשִּׁ֑י | 1 | number six in a list | |
| 814 | 19:33 | syr4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵחֵ֨לֶף & בְּצַעֲנַנִּ֗ים וַאֲדָמִ֥י הַנֶּ֛קֶב וְיַבְנְאֵ֖ל & לַקּ֑וּם | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 815 | 19:34 | lu5s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אַזְנ֣וֹת תָּב֔וֹר & חוּקֹ֑קָה | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 816 | 19:35 | h8p6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַצִּדִּ֣ים צֵ֔ר וְחַמַּ֖ת רַקַּ֥ת וְכִנָּֽרֶת | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 817 | 19:35 | lq51 | וְחַמַּ֖ת | 1 | This is not the same location as “Hamath,” but is located on the west shore of the Sea of Galilee. | ||
| 818 | 19:36 | e379 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וַאֲדָמָ֥ה וְהָרָמָ֖ה וְחָצֽוֹר | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 819 | 19:37 | vez5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְקֶ֥דֶשׁ וְאֶדְרֶ֖עִי וְעֵ֥ין חָצֽוֹר | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 820 | 19:38 | jp9v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְיִרְאוֹן֙ וּמִגְדַּל־אֵ֔ל חֳרֵ֥ם וּבֵית־עֲנָ֖ת וּבֵ֣ית שָׁ֑מֶשׁ | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 821 | 19:39 | s9en | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־נַפְתָּלִ֖י | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Naphtali received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Naphtali received as an inheritance” | |
| 822 | 19:40 | q3a2 | יָצָ֖א הַגּוֹרָ֥ל הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 823 | 19:40 | b1tt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי | 1 | number seven in a list | |
| 824 | 19:41 | d7it | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | גְּב֣וּל נַחֲלָתָ֑ם | 1 | The land that the tribe of Dan received is spoken of as if it was an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The territory of land that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” | |
| 825 | 19:41 | b8bg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | צָרְעָ֥ה וְאֶשְׁתָּא֖וֹל וְעִ֥יר שָֽׁמֶשׁ | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 826 | 19:42 | q637 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְשַֽׁעֲלַבִּ֥ין וְאַיָּל֖וֹן וְיִתְלָֽה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 827 | 19:43 | sht1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְאֵיל֥וֹן וְתִמְנָ֖תָה וְעֶקְרֽוֹן | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 828 | 19:44 | gca7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְאֶלְתְּקֵ֥ה וְגִבְּת֖וֹן וּבַעֲלָֽת | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 829 | 19:45 | yan4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וִיהֻ֥ד וּבְנֵֽי־בְרַ֖ק וְגַת־רִמּֽוֹן | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 830 | 19:46 | ddh6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּמֵ֥י הַיַּרְק֖וֹן וְהָֽרַקּ֑וֹן | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 831 | 19:46 | w42c | מ֥וּל יָפֽוֹ | 1 | Alternate translation: “opposite Joppa” or “beside Joppa” | ||
| 832 | 19:47 | i8zh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לֶ֜שֶׁם | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 833 | 19:48 | cx9h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־דָ֖ן | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Dan received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” | |
| 834 | 19:49 | jzi6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִיהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן בְּתוֹכָֽם | 1 | The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” | |
| 835 | 19:50 | ac8r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־תִּמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 836 | 19:51 | cs47 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אֵ֣לֶּה הַנְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ | 1 | The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities … assigned as inheritances” | |
| 837 | 20:intro | vg5f | 0 | # Joshua 20 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Cities of Refuge\n\nIf a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) | |||
| 838 | 20:2 | qhs6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְּיַד־מֹשֶֽׁה | 1 | Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” | |
| 839 | 20:3 | a1vg | מַכֵּה־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּשְׁגָגָ֖ה | 1 | This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so. | ||
| 840 | 20:3 | h73b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | מִגֹּאֵ֖ל הַדָּֽם | 1 | Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 841 | 20:4 | u2dh | וְנָ֞ס | 1 | Here the word “he” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone. | ||
| 842 | 20:4 | p1sg | וְדִבֶּ֛ר בְּאָזְנֵ֛י זִקְנֵ֥י־הָעִֽיר הַהִ֖יא אֶת־דְּבָרָ֑יו | 1 | “convince the elders of that city that he had not intentionally killed the person.” | ||
| 843 | 20:4 | dhh4 | וְאָסְפ֨וּ אֹת֤וֹ | 1 | The word “they” refers to the elders and “him” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone. | ||
| 844 | 20:4 | k969 | וְיָשַׁ֥ב עִמָּֽם | 1 | This refers to the city as a whole, not to the elders only. | ||
| 845 | 20:5 | x945 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | גֹּאֵ֤ל הַדָּם֙ | 1 | Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 846 | 20:5 | u27s | בִבְלִי־דַ֨עַת֙ הִכָּ֣ה אֶת־רֵעֵ֔הוּ | 1 | accidentally killed his neighbor | ||
| 847 | 20:6 | c6fe | עָמְד֞וֹ לִפְנֵ֤י הָֽעֵדָה֙ | 1 | This is a phrase that describes standing to seek justice from a court of the assembly of his fellow citizens. | ||
| 848 | 20:7 | lyr5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThere are a lot of names in this section. | ||
| 849 | 20:8 | cy8e | לְיַרְדֵּ֤ן | 1 | This is a short name for the Jordan River. | ||
| 850 | 20:9 | b89x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְלֹ֣א יָמ֗וּת בְּיַד֙ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַדָּ֔ם | 1 | Here “by the hand” is an idiom that means to be the specific cause of something. Alternate translation: “would not be killed by the one” | |
| 851 | 20:9 | j61z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | גֹּאֵ֣ל הַדָּ֔ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 852 | 21:intro | pp5c | 0 | # Joshua 21 General Notes\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 853 | 21:1 | js4y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶלְעָזָר֙ & נ֑וּן | 1 | These are names of men. | |
| 854 | 21:2 | wk1t | וַיְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵיהֶ֜ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “The Levites said to them” | ||
| 855 | 21:2 | wk1m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה | 1 | The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” | |
| 856 | 21:3 | f9ei | אֶת־הֶעָרִ֥ים | 1 | This refers to the cities to be listed in the next verses. | ||
| 857 | 21:4 | r4ry | וַיֵּצֵ֥א הַגּוֹרָ֖ל | 1 | A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 858 | 21:4 | fl2y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַקְּהָתִ֑י | 1 | This priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. | |
| 859 | 21:5 | iwh3 | וּמֵחֲצִ֨י | 1 | Half the tribe because the other half received their inheritance before crossing the Jordan River. | ||
| 860 | 21:6 | bk5g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גֵרְשׁ֗וֹן | 1 | Gershon was one of the sons of Levi. | |
| 861 | 21:6 | ezu2 | בַּגּוֹרָ֔ל | 1 | A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 862 | 21:7 | cg61 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מְרָרִ֜י | 1 | Merari was one of the sons of Levi. | |
| 863 | 21:8 | qe5y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֖ה | 1 | The phrase “by the hand of” here means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had told Moses to command” | |
| 864 | 21:10 | t6l2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִמִּשְׁפְּח֥וֹת הַקְּהָתִ֖י | 1 | The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. See how you translated this in [Joshua 21:2](../21/02.md). | |
| 865 | 21:10 | tnp1 | הַגּוֹרָ֖ל | 1 | A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 866 | 21:11 | vkd2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | אַרְבַּ֨ע אֲבִ֧י הָֽעֲנ֛וֹק | 1 | This is background information about the name of the man who founded the city of Kiriath Arba. | |
| 867 | 21:11 | mn2g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הָֽעֲנ֛וֹק | 1 | This is the name of a man. | |
| 868 | 21:11 | vd7d | בְּהַ֣ר | 1 | An area of land with natural elevations, smaller than mountains. | ||
| 869 | 21:11 | kwe7 | מִגְרָשֶׁ֖הָ | 1 | An area covered with grass or plants suitable for the grazing of livestock or cattle. | ||
| 870 | 21:12 | aj9s | שְׂדֵ֥ה הָעִ֖יר | 1 | Areas of open land, usually, planted with crops, belonging to and surrounding the city. | ||
| 871 | 21:12 | uz84 | חֲצֵרֶ֑יהָ | 1 | Small communities, usually smaller than a town. | ||
| 872 | 21:13 | p1nr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לִבְנָ֖ה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 873 | 21:14 | q8gl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יַתִּר֙ & אֶשְׁתְּמֹ֖עַ | 1 | These are all names of cities. | |
| 874 | 21:15 | cb4t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חֹלֹן֙ & דְּבִ֖ר | 1 | These are all names of cities. | |
| 875 | 21:16 | bx8i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עַ֣יִן & יֻטָּה֙ | 1 | These are all names of cities. | |
| 876 | 21:17 | e8r4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וּמִמַּטֵּ֣ה בִנְיָמִ֔ן | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Benjamin gave Gibeon” | |
| 877 | 21:17 | fd6z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־גֶּ֖בַע | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 878 | 21:18 | sk7n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־עֲנָתוֹת֙ & עַלְמ֖וֹן | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 879 | 21:19 | ha9f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | שְׁלֹשׁ־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עָרִ֖ים | 1 | “13 cities” | |
| 880 | 21:20 | lfp9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּלְמִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת בְּנֵֽי־קְהָת֙ | 1 | The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. | |
| 881 | 21:20 | x8eu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַֽיְהִי֙ עָרֵ֣י גֽוֹרָלָ֔ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they received cities” | |
| 882 | 21:20 | tg75 | גֽוֹרָלָ֔ם | 1 | A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 883 | 21:21 | kz7k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גֶּ֖זֶר | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 884 | 21:22 | tv2m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | קִבְצַ֨יִם֙ & בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן | 1 | names of cities | |
| 885 | 21:22 | r4hl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע | 1 | This refers to the list by the total number. | |
| 886 | 21:23 | dw9x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וּמִמַּ֨טֵּה־דָ֔ן | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Dan gave to the clan of Kohath Eltekeh” | |
| 887 | 21:23 | r7qr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶֽת־אֶלְתְּקֵ֖א & גִּבְּת֖וֹן | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 888 | 21:24 | g45w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־אַיָּלוֹן֙ & אֶת־גַּת־רִמּ֖וֹן | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 889 | 21:24 | g4ma | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע | 1 | This refers to the number of cities. | |
| 890 | 21:25 | e6cl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וּמִֽמַּחֲצִית֙ מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה אֶת־תַּעְנַךְ֙ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The half tribe of Manasseh gave to the clan of Kohath Taanach” | |
| 891 | 21:25 | yn8h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־תַּעְנַךְ֙ & גַּת־רִמּ֖וֹן | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 892 | 21:26 | hn9j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לְמִשְׁפְּח֥וֹת בְּנֵֽי־קְהָ֖ת | 1 | The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. | |
| 893 | 21:27 | knk6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־גּוֹלָ֤ן & אֶֽת־בְּעֶשְׁתְּרָ֖ה | 1 | names of cities | |
| 894 | 21:27 | bmc9 | הָרֹצֵ֔חַ | 1 | This refers to a death resulting from an action not intended to harm a person. | ||
| 895 | 21:27 | a1zs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | עָרִ֖ים שְׁתָּֽיִם | 1 | number of cities | |
| 896 | 21:28 | r9hc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־קִשְׁי֖וֹן & אֶת־דָּֽבְרַ֖ת | 1 | names of cities | |
| 897 | 21:29 | u8z9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־יַרְמוּת֙ & עֵ֥ין גַּנִּ֖ים | 1 | names of cities | |
| 898 | 21:30 | rbf6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וּמִמַּטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֔ר אֶת־מִשְׁאָ֖ל | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They received from the tribe of Asher Mishal” | |
| 899 | 21:30 | px1s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־מִשְׁאָ֖ל & אֶת־עַבְדּ֖וֹ | 1 | names of cities | |
| 900 | 21:31 | ziw8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־חֶלְקָת֙ & רְחֹ֖ב | 1 | names of cities | |
| 901 | 21:32 | h2j8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חַמֹּ֥ת דֹּאר֙ & קַרְתָּ֖ן | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 902 | 21:33 | c7dt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | שְׁלֹשׁ־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עִ֖יר | 1 | “13 cities in total” | |
| 903 | 21:34 | yuv3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וּלְמִשְׁפְּח֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי־מְרָרִי֮ הַלְוִיִּ֣ם הַנּוֹתָרִים֒ מֵאֵת֙ מַטֵּ֣ה זְבוּלֻ֔ן אֶֽת־יָקְנְעָ֖ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: The rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—received from the tribe of Zebulun Jokneam” | |
| 904 | 21:34 | ws8g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מְרָרִי֮ | 1 | This is a man’s name. | |
| 905 | 21:34 | ng32 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶֽת־יָקְנְעָ֖ם & אֶת־קַרְתָּ֖ה | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 906 | 21:35 | ek4f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־דִּמְנָה֙ & אֶֽת־נַהֲלָ֖ל | 1 | names of cities | |
| 907 | 21:36 | dh5c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־בֶּ֖צֶר & וְאֶת־יַ֖הְצָה | 1 | names of cities | |
| 908 | 21:37 | jbp6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע | 1 | This refers to the total number of cities. | |
| 909 | 21:37 | e538 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־קְדֵמוֹת֙ & מֵיפָ֖עַת | 1 | names of cities | |
| 910 | 21:38 | r7m5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־רָמֹ֥ת & מַחֲנַ֖יִם | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 911 | 21:39 | a2l1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־חֶשְׁבּוֹן֙ & אֶת־יַעְזֵ֖ר | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 912 | 21:40 | x17x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה | 1 | “12 cities in total” | |
| 913 | 21:40 | q83e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיְהִי֙ גּוֹרָלָ֔ם עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they received these twelve cities by the casting of lots” | |
| 914 | 21:40 | at28 | גּוֹרָלָ֔ם | 1 | A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 915 | 21:41 | g7z1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | כֹּ֚ל עָרֵ֣י הַלְוִיִּ֔ם בְּת֖וֹךְ אֲחֻזַּ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Levites received their cities from the middle of the land” | |
| 916 | 21:41 | z9gj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | עָרִ֛ים אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנֶ֖ה | 1 | “48 cities” | |
| 917 | 21:43 | q5na | נִשְׁבַּ֖ע | 1 | Alternate translation: “he gave an oath” | ||
| 918 | 21:44 | t1a4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | וְלֹא־עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּפְנֵיהֶם֙ מִכָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” | |
| 919 | 21:44 | lg6d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | אֵ֚ת כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵיהֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּיָדָֽם | 1 | Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” | |
| 920 | 21:45 | u1ik | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | לֹֽא־נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִכֹּל֙ הַדָּבָ֣ר הַטּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” | |
| 921 | 22:intro | l4hr | 0 | # Joshua 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument\n\nThe tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land. | |||
| 922 | 22:1 | ic3e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לָרֽאוּבֵנִ֖י | 1 | people of the tribe of Reuben | |
| 923 | 22:1 | w3xd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְלַגָּדִ֑י | 1 | people of the tribe of Gad | |
| 924 | 22:2 | x8l8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַתִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְקוֹלִ֔י | 1 | Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said” | |
| 925 | 22:3 | a89l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | לֹֽא־עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ם אֶת־אֲחֵיכֶ֗ם | 1 | This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “You have remained with your brothers” | |
| 926 | 22:5 | zh9u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְלָלֶ֧כֶת בְּכָל־דְּרָכָ֛יו | 1 | A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if he were walking on Yahweh’s ways or roads. Alternate translation: “to obey everything he says” | |
| 927 | 22:5 | r5dh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | בְּכָל־לְבַבְכֶ֖ם וּבְכָל־נַפְשְׁכֶֽם | 1 | The terms “heart” and “soul” are here used together to refer to the entire person. Alternate translation: “with all you think and feel” or “with your entire being” | |
| 928 | 22:7 | k89d | הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן | 1 | This was a short name for the Jordan River. | ||
| 929 | 22:8 | w4re | וּבְבַרְזֶ֛ל | 1 | a strong, hard, magnetic metal | ||
| 930 | 22:8 | k79c | שְׁלַל | 1 | The winning army would take everything of value from the people they conquered. | ||
| 931 | 22:9 | cmc4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּיַד־מֹשֶֽׁה | 1 | The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “the commandment that Yahweh told Moses to give to you” | |
| 932 | 22:10 | iy3p | הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן | 1 | This was a short name for the Jordan River. | ||
| 933 | 22:11 | irmj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנֵּ֣ה | 1 | See how you translated the word **Behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 934 | 22:11 | ww1z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אֶל־מוּל֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן | 1 | The Israelite tribes who lived across the Jordan River would enter Canaan at the place where they built the altar. This place is spoken of as if it was the “front” or “entrance” to Canaan where the other tribes lived. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the land of Canaan” | |
| 935 | 22:11 | yqa5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גְּלִילוֹת֙ | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 936 | 22:12 | v3q5 | לַצָּבָֽא | 1 | a state of armed conflict between two nations or people groups | ||
| 937 | 22:13 | t232 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶלְעָזָ֥ר | 1 | name of man | |
| 938 | 22:16 | sy2y | כֹּ֣ה אָמְר֞וּ כֹּ֣ל׀ עֲדַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה | 1 | All the people of Israel are spoken of together in the singular as if they were one person. Alternate translation: “All the other Israelites are asking” | ||
| 939 | 22:17 | lcv2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | הַמְעַט־לָ֨נוּ֙ אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן פְּע֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔נּוּ עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | This question emphasizes how serious their previous sin was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We had already sinned terribly at Peor!” | |
| 940 | 22:17 | b18v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | פְּע֔וֹר | 1 | This is name of a place. Translate the same way as in [Joshua 13:20](../13/20.md). | |
| 941 | 22:17 | ie2t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔נּוּ | 1 | This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “we are still dealing with the guilt of that sin” | |
| 942 | 22:20 | kyw7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עָכָ֣ן & זֶ֗רַח | 1 | names of men | |
| 943 | 22:20 | v3qy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | הֲל֣וֹא׀ עָכָ֣ן בֶּן־זֶ֗רַח מָ֤עַל מַ֨עַל֙ בַּחֵ֔רֶם | 1 | These questions are used to remind the people of the punishment for past sins. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “Achan son of Zerah sinned by taking things that had been reserved for God. And because of that God punished all the people of Israel!” | |
| 944 | 22:22 | x5pm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | אִם־בְּמֶ֤רֶד וְאִם־בְּמַ֨עַל֙ בַּֽיהוָ֔ה אַל־תּוֹשִׁיעֵ֖נוּ הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar in rebellion or breach of faith. | |
| 945 | 22:23 | sku4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | לִבְנ֥וֹת לָ֨נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָשׁ֖וּב מֵאַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְאִם־לְהַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜יו עוֹלָ֣ה וּמִנְחָ֗ה וְאִם־לַעֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָיו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ | 1 | The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar to worship another god. | |
| 946 | 22:24 | cei9 | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer. | |||
| 947 | 22:24 | xpn5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵיכֶ֤ם לְבָנֵ֨ינוּ֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר מַה־לָּכֶ֕ם וְלַֽיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | This is a hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. | |
| 948 | 22:24 | qr6z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | מַה־לָּכֶ֕ם וְלַֽיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | The three tribes use this rhetorical question to emphasize the situation they are trying to avoid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have nothing to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel!” | |
| 949 | 22:25 | qfc4 | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh continue their answer. | |||
| 950 | 22:25 | w2sv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | וּגְב֣וּל נָֽתַן־יְ֠הוָה בֵּינֵ֨נוּ וּבֵינֵיכֶ֜ם בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֤ן וּבְנֵי־גָד֙ אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֵין־לָכֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּֽיהוָ֑ה | 1 | This is the continuation of the hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. | |
| 951 | 22:25 | w3az | אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן | 1 | This is a short name for the Jordan River. | ||
| 952 | 22:25 | iy97 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | וְהִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵיכֶם֙ אֶת־בָּנֵ֔ינוּ לְבִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־יְהוָֽה | 1 | The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future. | |
| 953 | 22:26 | ueg6 | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer. | |||
| 954 | 22:27 | m97u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | עֵ֨ד ה֜וּא בֵּינֵ֣ינוּ וּבֵינֵיכֶ֗ם | 1 | The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify to the rights of the three tribes. | |
| 955 | 22:27 | gs6k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | וְלֹא־יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵיכֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ לְבָנֵ֔ינוּ אֵין־לָכֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּיהוָֽה | 1 | This is the hypothetical situation that the three tribes did not want to happen. | |
| 956 | 22:27 | n3i9 | אֵין־לָכֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק | 1 | Alternate translation: “no portion” or “no inheritance” | ||
| 957 | 22:28 | bf3h | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now finish their answer. | |||
| 958 | 22:28 | kuu5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | וְהָיָ֗ה כִּֽי־יֹאמְר֥וּ אֵלֵ֛ינוּ וְאֶל־דֹּרֹתֵ֖ינוּ מָחָ֑ר וְאָמַ֡רְנוּ רְא֣וּ אֶת־תַּבְנִית֩ מִזְבַּ֨ח יְהוָ֜ה אֲשֶׁר־עָשׂ֣וּ אֲבוֹתֵ֗ינוּ לֹ֤א לְעוֹלָה֙ וְלֹ֣א לְזֶ֔בַח כִּי־עֵ֣ד ה֔וּא בֵּינֵ֖ינוּ וּבֵינֵיכֶֽם | 1 | The three tribes are describing their potential answer to an accusation that might or might not be made at a future time. | |
| 959 | 22:29 | b4w1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | חָלִילָה֩ לָּ֨נוּ מִמֶּ֜נּוּ לִמְרֹ֣ד | 1 | The unlikely chance that they would rebel is spoken of as if it is something that is a great distance away from them. Alternate translation: “We would certainly not rebel” | |
| 960 | 22:29 | i8y4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְלָשׁ֤וּב הַיּוֹם֙ מֵאַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה | 1 | To stop following Yahweh is spoken of as if they were turning away from him. Alternate translation: “stop following him” | |
| 961 | 22:30 | ysf8 | וַיִּשְׁמַ֞ע & אֶת־הַ֨דְּבָרִ֔ים | 1 | Alternate translation: “heard the message” | ||
| 962 | 22:30 | i3xp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיִּיטַ֖ב בְּעֵינֵיהֶֽם | 1 | Here “in their eyes” means “in their opinion.” | |
| 963 | 22:31 | ab6h | לֹֽא־מְעַלְתֶּ֥ם בַּֽיהוָ֖ה הַמַּ֣עַל הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “broken your promise to him” | ||
| 964 | 22:31 | w1fn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִיַּ֥ד יְהוָֽה | 1 | Here “the hand of Yahweh” refers to his punishment. Protecting the people is spoken of as rescuing them from his hand. Alternate translation: “you have kept Yahweh from punishing us” | |
| 965 | 22:33 | pn48 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיִּיטַ֣ב הַדָּבָ֗ר בְּעֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” | |
| 966 | 22:33 | h5hk | לְשַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ | 1 | Alternate translation: “destroy everything in the land” | ||
| 967 | 22:34 | xf56 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. | |
| 968 | 23:intro | v3r6 | 0 | # Joshua 23 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23–24)\n\n“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out\n\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) | |||
| 969 | 23:2 | vyz9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּיָּמִֽים | 1 | This doublet can be translated as “very old.” | |
| 970 | 23:4 | t22f | הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן | 1 | This is a short name for the Jordan River. | ||
| 971 | 23:4 | bf99 | מְב֥וֹא הַשָּֽׁמֶשׁ | 1 | This indicates the direction of the setting sun. | ||
| 972 | 23:6 | w84i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לְבִלְתִּ֥י סוּר־מִמֶּ֖נּוּ יָמִ֥ין וּשְׂמֹֽאול | 1 | Disobeying the commands of the law of Moses is spoken of as turning to the right or to the left away from a path. | |
| 973 | 23:7 | mc72 | לְבִלְתִּי־בוֹא֙ בַּגּוֹיִ֣ם הָאֵ֔לֶּה | 1 | This could mean: (1) having close friendship with them or (2) intermarrying with them. | ||
| 974 | 23:7 | vkw6 | תַזְכִּ֨ירוּ֙ | 1 | to speak of | ||
| 975 | 23:7 | wbj7 | אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֤ם | 1 | This refers to the gods of the remaining nations. | ||
| 976 | 23:8 | k6my | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | בַּיהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם תִּדְבָּ֑קוּ | 1 | “hold tightly to Yahweh.” Believing in Yahweh is spoken of as if they were holding tightly onto him. Alternate translation: “continue to believe in Yahweh” | |
| 977 | 23:8 | q6qx | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | Alternate translation: “until the present time” | ||
| 978 | 23:9 | wf3v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | לֹא־עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ בִּפְנֵיכֶ֔ם | 1 | Here “stand” represents holding ground in a battle. The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 979 | 23:10 | iar1 | אֶחָ֥ד | 1 | only one | ||
| 980 | 23:10 | lx1z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | אָ֑לֶף | 1 | “1,000” | |
| 981 | 23:12 | i2mf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וּדְבַקְתֶּם֙ בְּיֶ֨תֶר֙ הַגּוֹיִ֣ם הָאֵ֔לֶּה | 1 | Accepting the beliefs of these nations is spoken of as holding tightly to them. Alternate translation: “accept the beliefs of the survivors of these nations” | |
| 982 | 23:13 | pdx3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | לְפַ֣ח וּלְמוֹקֵ֗שׁ | 1 | The words “snare” and “trap” mean basically the same thing. Together they speak of the other nations as if they were a deadly trap that will cause trouble for Israel. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 983 | 23:13 | ut82 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וּלְשֹׁטֵ֤ט בְּצִדֵּיכֶם֙ וְלִצְנִנִ֣ים בְּעֵינֵיכֶ֔ם | 1 | These phrases speak of the troubles these nations will cause Israel as if they were as painful as whips and thorns. | |
| 984 | 23:14 | bitf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנֵּ֨ה | 1 | See how you translated the word **behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 985 | 23:14 | ba62 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | אָנֹכִ֤י הוֹלֵךְ֙ הַיּ֔וֹם בְּדֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־הָאָ֑רֶץ | 1 | Joshua uses a polite term to refer to his death. Alternate translation: “I am going to die” | |
| 986 | 23:14 | x3c7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | וִידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּכָל־לְבַבְכֶ֣ם וּבְכָל־נַפְשְׁכֶ֗ם | 1 | Here the words “hearts” and “souls” have similar meanings. Together they emphasize deep personal knowledge. | |
| 987 | 23:14 | vtt2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | לֹֽא־נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד | 1 | These words emphasize that Yahweh’s promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 988 | 23:16 | xwa3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | וַעֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְהִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָהֶ֑ם | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.” | |
| 989 | 23:16 | wz7d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְחָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּכֶ֔ם | 1 | “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahweh’s anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” | |
| 990 | 24:intro | yqa8 | 0 | # Joshua 24 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Joshua’s instructions\nIn this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions. | |||
| 991 | 24:1 | e4nq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־כָּל־שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | Joshua’s summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” | |
| 992 | 24:1 | c7pt | וַיִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִפְנֵ֥י | 1 | Alternate translation: “came and stood in front of” or “came before” | ||
| 993 | 24:2 | tn5x | מֵֽעוֹלָ֔ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “many years ago” | ||
| 994 | 24:2 | y8s6 | כֹּֽה־אָמַ֣ר | 1 | Joshua begins to quote what Yahweh had said previously. The quotation continues until the end of verse 13. | ||
| 995 | 24:2 | uke1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | תֶּ֛רַח & נָח֑וֹר | 1 | These are the names of men. | |
| 996 | 24:4 | z8e8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | שֵׂעִיר֙ | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 997 | 24:4 | azj7 | יָרְד֥וּ | 1 | Egypt was lower in elevation that the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “traveled” | ||
| 998 | 24:5 | shc6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | הוֹצֵ֥אתִי אֶתְכֶֽם | 1 | The word “you” is plural and refers to the entire nation of Israel. | |
| 999 | 24:6 | uxu8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | וָֽאוֹצִ֤יא אֶת־אֲבֽוֹתֵיכֶם֙ | 1 | The word “your” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. | |
| 1000 | 24:7 | t8kg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | וַיִּצְעֲק֣וּ & בֵּינֵיכֶ֣ם | 1 | Yahweh continually alternates between these two phrases, which both refer to all the Israelites, past and present. The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. | |
| 1001 | 24:7 | rv8q | אֶת־הַיָּם֙ | 1 | This refers to the Sea of Reeds. | ||
| 1002 | 24:7 | gqs1 | בַמִּדְבָּ֖ר | 1 | an uninhabited area, a desert | ||
| 1003 | 24:8 | xwk4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | אֶתְכֶ֗ם | 1 | The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. | |
| 1004 | 24:8 | ew9g | הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן | 1 | This is a short name for the Jordan River. | ||
| 1005 | 24:8 | wu3t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וָאֶתֵּ֨ן אוֹתָ֤ם בְּיֶדְכֶם֙ | 1 | Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to conquer them” | |
| 1006 | 24:9 | eb7h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בָּלָ֤ק & צִפּוֹר֙ | 1 | men’s names | |
| 1007 | 24:9 | l9gd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | אֶתְכֶֽם | 1 | The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. | |
| 1008 | 24:10 | jr3f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וָאַצִּ֥ל אֶתְכֶ֖ם מִיָּדֽ | 1 | Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to overcome him” | |
| 1009 | 24:11 | b324 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | וַתַּעַבְר֣וּ | 1 | The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. | |
| 1010 | 24:11 | jx4u | אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּן֮ | 1 | This is a short name for the Jordan River. | ||
| 1011 | 24:12 | d1wr | אֶת־הַצִּרְעָ֔ה | 1 | A small fast flying stinging insect that lives in colonies. Here, many “hornets” are spoken of as only one. | ||
| 1012 | 24:13 | qv5z | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJoshua finishes quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people. | |||
| 1013 | 24:15 | gei6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְאִם֩ רַ֨ע בְּֽעֵינֵיכֶ֜ם | 1 | The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or desire. Alternate translation: “If you do not want” | |
| 1014 | 24:15 | bff7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וּבֵיתִ֔י | 1 | This represents his family that lives in his house. Alternate translation: “my family” | |
| 1015 | 24:17 | uf71 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns | אֹתָ֧נוּ וְאֶת־אֲבוֹתֵ֛ינוּ | 1 | The people speak as if they were present with their ancestors, and interchange the words “us” and “we” with “our ancestors.” | |
| 1016 | 24:17 | n1g2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | מִבֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֑ים | 1 | Here “house” is an idiom that refers to the location of their slavery. Alternate translation: “place where we were slaves” | |
| 1017 | 24:17 | v2lc | הָֽעַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָבַ֖רְנוּ | 1 | Alternate translation: “nations that we passed through” | ||
| 1018 | 24:19 | in4p | הָעָ֗ם | 1 | This refers to the Israelites. | ||
| 1019 | 24:19 | di8z | אֵֽל־קַנּ֣וֹא ה֔וּא | 1 | God wants his people to worship only him. | ||
| 1020 | 24:20 | l4yi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְשָׁ֨ב & וְכִלָּ֣ה אֶתְכֶ֔ם | 1 | Yahweh’s anger is spoken of as if he was a fire that would destroy them. Alternate translation: “He will destroy you as with fire” | |
| 1021 | 24:21 | mt8s | הָעָ֖ם | 1 | This refers to the Israelites. | ||
| 1022 | 24:23 | h48g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְהַטּוּ֙ אֶת־לְבַבְכֶ֔ם אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה | 1 | Deciding to obey Yahweh only is spoken of as turning their heart towards him. Here “heart” represents the whole person. In this case, “heart” is plural because it refers to all the Israelites as a single group. However, it may be best to translate it in the plural since “your” is plural. Alternate translation: “turn yourselves to Yahweh” or “decide to obey Yahweh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 1023 | 24:24 | ut8c | הָעָ֖ם | 1 | This refers to the Israelites. | ||
| 1024 | 24:24 | yq9g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וּבְקוֹל֖וֹ נִשְׁמָֽע | 1 | Here “listen” means to obey. Alternate translation: “We will obey everything he tells us to do” | |
| 1025 | 24:25 | g8by | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיָּ֥שֶׂם ל֛וֹ חֹ֥ק וּמִשְׁפָּ֖ט | 1 | Establishing laws is spoken of as if Joshua physically set them in place like monuments. Alternate translation: “He established decrees and laws” or “He gave them laws and decrees to obey” | |
| 1026 | 24:26 | n7ac | בְּסֵ֖פֶר תּוֹרַ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֑ים | 1 | This appears to be a continuation of the writings of Moses. | ||
| 1027 | 24:26 | ct9g | וַיְקִימֶ֣הָ שָּׁ֔ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “placed it there” | ||
| 1028 | 24:27 | u7ad | הָעָ֗ם | 1 | This refers to the Israelites. | ||
| 1029 | 24:27 | b7l7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנֵּ֨ה | 1 | See how you translated the word **Behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 1030 | 24:27 | mkt9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | הָאֶ֤בֶן הַזֹּאת֙ תִּֽהְיֶה־בָּ֣נוּ לְעֵדָ֔ה כִּֽי־הִ֣יא שָׁמְעָ֗ה אֵ֚ת כָּל־אִמְרֵ֣י | 1 | The stone that Joshua set up is spoken of as if it were a person who heard what was spoken and would be able to testify about what was said. | |
| 1031 | 24:27 | h23i | פֶּֽן־תְּכַחֲשׁ֖וּן | 1 | Alternate translation: “if you ever” | ||
| 1032 | 24:29 | e9uy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | בֶּן־מֵאָ֥ה וָעֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים | 1 | “one hundred and ten years old” | |
| 1033 | 24:30 | iyt3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּתִמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח & לְהַר־גָּֽעַשׁ | 1 | names of places | |
| 1034 | 24:31 | gf2q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֑עַ | 1 | This is an idiom that refers to Joshua’s entire life. | |
| 1035 | 24:31 | r7xz | הֶאֱרִ֤יכוּ יָמִים֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ | 1 | Alternate translation: “lived longer than Joshua” | ||
| 1036 | 24:32 | a3ik | עַצְמ֣וֹת י֠וֹסֵף & קָבְר֣וּ בִשְׁכֶם֒ | 1 | It may be helpful to change the order of the beginning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel brought the bones of Joseph up out of Egypt and buried them at Shechem” | ||
| 1037 | 24:32 | ve2g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | בְּמֵאָ֣ה קְשִׂיטָ֑ה | 1 | “100 pieces” | |
| 1038 | 24:33 | ur16 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְאֶלְעָזָ֥ר | 1 | This is a man’s name. | |
| 1039 | 24:33 | rv7j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּגִבְעַת֙ | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 1040 | 4:8 | q4qp | לְמִסְפַּ֖ר שִׁבְטֵ֣י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | See how you translated the identical phrase “according to the number of the tribes of the sons of Israel” in [4:5](../04/05.md). | ||
| 1041 | 4:8 | z2cj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן | 1 | Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in [3:17](../03/17.md). See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed” | |
| 1042 | 4:20 | s8s2 | וְאֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה הָֽאֲבָנִים֙ הָאֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָקְח֖וּ מִן־הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן | 1 | Each tribe was to take one stone from the Jordan River so Joshua could build a memorial of the crossing event. | ||
| 1043 | 5:1 | q8mi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַיִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗ם | Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | ||
| 1044 | 5:1 | a2wh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וְלֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ | Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” | ||
| 1045 | 5:4 | uz5p | 1 | the men who were old enough to be soldiers | |||
| 1046 | 5:13 | iyi7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָיו֙ וַיַּ֔רְא וְהִנֵּה־אִישׁ֙ עֹמֵ֣ד | Here looking up is spoken of as if Joshua literally lifted his eyes in his hands. Alternate translation: “he looked up and saw that a man was standing” | ||
| 1047 | 6:6 | s5ne | 1 | Alternate translation: “Pick up the ark of the covenant” | |||
| 1048 | 6:17 | w1sn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | 1 | This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it for destruction” or “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it by destroying it” | ||
| 1049 | 6:17 | ugl7 | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJoshua continues speaking to the people of Israel. | |||
| 1050 | 7:11 | lc29 | הַחֵ֔רֶם | 1 | |||
| 1051 | 7:11 | a4ln | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo | חָטָא֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְגַם֙ עָבְר֣וּ אֶת־בְּרִיתִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוִּ֖יתִי אוֹתָ֑ם וְגַ֤ם לָֽקְחוּ֙ מִן־הַחֵ֔רֶם וְגַ֤ם גָּֽנְבוּ֙ וְגַ֣ם כִּֽחֲשׁ֔וּ וְגַ֖ם שָׂ֥מוּ בִכְלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | Even though only Achan had sinned against Yahweh by taking from the banned things, Yahweh allowed the entire Israelite military to be defeated as a result of his sin. Here, and in the next verse, Yahweh is saying that he holds the entire nation of Israel accountable for Achan’s sin. Since it is evident from [7:1](../07/01.md), and from what happens to Achan later in this chapter, that only Achan did the the things that Yahweh here says **Israel** did, you do not need to explain the meaning further. | |
| 1052 | 7:10 | ev1w | 0 | # General Information:\n\nYahweh tells Joshua why Israel is cursed. | |||
| 1053 | 7:14 | dp8p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | 1 | There were twelve tribes that made up the people of Israel. The phrase “by your tribes” means “each tribe.” Alternate translation: “each of your tribes must present themselves to Yahweh” | ||
| 1054 | 7:14 | crt9 | 1 | The leaders of Israel would toss lots, and by doing this, they would learn which tribe Yahweh had selected. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “The tribe that Yahweh selects by lot” or “The tribe that Yahweh selects when we toss lots” | |||
| 1055 | 7:13 | ln4q | 1 | This refers to the people of Israel. | |||
| 1056 | 7:12 | fs9m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | 1 | Being with Israel represents helping Israel. Alternate translation: “I will not help you any more” | ||
| 1057 | 7:13 | u4s8 | Connecting Statement: | # Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Joshua and tells him what to tell the people. | |||
| 1058 | 7:8 | ke9p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | 1 | Joshua said this to show how upset he was that he did not even know what to say. Alternate translation: “I do not know what to say. Israel has turned their backs before their enemies!” | ||
| 1059 | 7:9 | vd3r | וּמַֽה־תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְשִׁמְךָ֥ הַגָּדֽוֹל | 1 | Joshua uses this question to warn God that if the Israelites are destroyed, then the other people will think that God is not great. Alternate translation: “Then there will be nothing you can do for your great name.” or “Then people will not know that you are great.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | ||
| 1060 | 7:8 | x4pf | # General Information:\n\nJoshua expresses frustration to God. | ||||
| 1061 | 7:5 | zcr5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | 1 | These phrases “melted” and “became like water” share similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that the people were extremely afraid. | ||
| 1062 | 7:5 | h4tc | לְבַב־הָעָ֖ם | The phrase “the people” refers to the Israelite soldiers. | |||
| 1063 | 7:4 | ak54 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 1 | “3,000 men” | ||
| 1064 | 7:3 | z2xr | 1 | The word “they” refers to the people of Ai. | |||
| 1065 | 7:3 | ui7f | כָּל־הָעָם֒ | This refers to the army of Israel. | |||
| 1066 | 8:16 | m6sq | 1 | to go after the army of Isreal | |||
| 1067 | 8:15 | bri5 | 1 | The army of Israel fled. | |||
| 1068 | 8:15 | a83i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | 1 | “let themselves be defeated before the people of Ai.” The phrase “before them” represents what the people of Ai would see and think. The phrase “be defeated” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let the people of Ai think that the Israelites were defeated” or “let the people of Ai think that they had defeated the Israelites” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |